Estimating and Costing
Estimating and Costing
Estimating and Costing
~ .
./
Compiled by
Centre of Distance Education
CODE
"
;
\ ....
r : "I
CONTENTS,
CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS
" )
, , i
. ;'.
. _.\
(
INTRODUCTION
For all engineering works it is required to know beforehand the probable cost of construction
known as the estimated cost. If the estimated cost is greater than the mopey available, then attempts
are made to reduce the cost by reducing the work or by changing the specifications. From this the
importance of estimate for engineers may be understood. II?- preparing an estimate, the quantities of
different items of work are calculated by simple mensuration method and fr,om these quantities the
cost i~ calculated. The subject of estimating IS simple, nothing much to understand.ibut knowledge- "
of drawing is essential. One who understands and can read drawing may find out the dimensions
lengths, breadths, heights, etc. from the drawing without difficulty and may calculate the
quantities. The calaculations mainly consist of, length x breadth" x height or length x breadth or
length x height. Student who is weak in drawing, if gives attention to estimating and prepares a few
estimates from the drawings, will gain in power of understanding of drawing and his knowledge of
drawing will be much improved. In preparing an estimate one has to go into details of each item, big
or small, nothing can be left or missed. Estimating makes one thorough, superficial work does not
do, one has to 'go deep into details. The subject of estimating cannot be prepared just before the
examination, but preparation of a few estimates is essential. "" , "
There is no hard and fast rule for finding out the dimensions from the drawing (plans,
elevations, sections, etc.) but for quick work certain principles, as explained in this book, may be
followed, Beginners find it difficult to take out dimensions (length, breadth and height) from the
plan, elevation and section, but they can easily find out the dimensions by measurements from the
existing building. Foundation is more difficult for thebeginners as it is not exposed and not visible__
An estimator should picture the object (building, structure, etc.) in his mind from the study of
drawing" and specifications, Beginners, generally, find building easier "to estimate than bridges,
.",
culverts, irrigation work, etc., '!S they are mor.e familiar with different parts of building than those
of other works. In fact the estimating of works other than building is simpler, v ""
... " . ~ .
. Accuracy in estimate. is very important, if estimate is exceeded it becomes a very difficult
problem for engineers to explain, to account for and arrange for the-additional money. Inaccuracy
, v-,
, in preparing estimate, omission 'of items, changes.in designs, improper rates, etc. are the reasons for
exceedingthe estimate, though increase- in the rates is one of the main reason. In framing a correct
estimate, care should be taken to find outthe dimensions 01 "al"1 theuemscorrecuy, andto' avoid
omissions of any kind of work or 'part thereof. The rate of each item should also be reasonable and
workable. The rates in the estimate provide for the complete work, which consist of the cost of
materials, cost of transport, cost of labour, cost of scaffolding. cost. of tools and plants, cost of
water.ltaxes, establishment and supervision cost, reasonable profit of contractor, etc, "
B~t h standard brick 20 em x 10 em x 10 cm (nominalsize) and traditional bricks 9" x4" )(3" or
22.9 ern x "11.4cm x 7.6 ern (nominal size) have been used in this book, The conventions and units
of different items of works vary to some extent from state to state. though the units of the most of
'v. ". the items are same. An uniformity in units forall items of work should be maintained throughout
the country based on the Indian Standard Institution. In preparing estimate the principle to be
followed is to make each item or dimension clear and intelligible so that they can be understood,
checked or verified by anybody, A remark column may be introduced and notes may he given
where necessary"
.!'Io .r :
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
"capacity.
_ The sub-units are named by adding the ~uitable prefixes as milli (one thousandth), centi
(one-hundredth) and deci (one-tenth). The multiple units are named by adding the prefixes as deca
The prefixes for formation of multiples and sub-multiples of units are as given below-
Prefix Multiplying factor Prefix Multiplying factor
Illustrations
1 kilometre';::: 1 km ~ 1 x 103 m :::: 1000 metre 1 milimetre :::: 1 mm :::; 1 x 10-3 m ;::: .001 m
3
1 kilo litre :::: lkl :::; 1 x 10 I :::; 1000 litre 1 mili litre == 1 ml == 1 x 10-3 I :::: .()()1 litre
Unitof mass and capacity -In metric system there i's simple relationship among these units
length, .capacity and weight. The capacity of a cube whose side measures as one decirnetre
(one-tenth of.a metre) is designed ciS 'litre 'the stand ard 'uni\ of capacity: For practica.l pu rposes the
weight 'Of pure water contained in the same cube (cubic decirnetre) is known as kilogram, the urtit of
mass. The weight of I .cubic centimetre of pure water is one gram, 1000 gram is equal tolone
1
-,
i
kilogram. litre is the volume occupied by one kilogram of pure water at the temperature of its
maximum density (4c) and under normal pressure. The prototype of 'kilogram' is a platinum
cylinder whose diametre and height are the same. viz. 39 mm. .
Square measure and cubic measure - In engineering works square arid cubic measures are
very often required. Square metre and cubic metre are the standard unit for area and volume
respectively. Square metre is the area eq uivalent to t hat of square of sides each equal to one metre. 1
Cubic metre is the volume equivalent to that of a cube of sides each equal to one metre.
For conversion (rom FPS system to ,\fKS system Indian Stendsrd Institute has adopted - I yard
I metre = f.{)936 I yerd > .1.28084 {I_
=0.9144 metre. or
I
.. ,
.~
.~ PROCEDURE OF ESTIMATING
-,..,/
INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM OF UNIT-SIt/NIT
IIII
.:-..2;he !r<lditi()~_'!I~.et~lc S)'~t~~_( M-'~S~ system - Metre, Kilogr~m, Seco~d, A~pere ~ystem)
does not tnclu~mt ofThermodY!11rmlctem-l'..e~a-ture.and_the_UJlJ.LQr ~lI_rntnOUS mtensity. The
International Con~rence_~_asadopted the International system of Units (Syst~nii1ernatiOnal--"-----'
~ I Unit) which includes six basic units covering all the units. The six basic units with their
symbolsare - Metre (rn) for length; Kilogram (kg) for mass, Second (s) for time, Ampere (A)for
electric current, Degree Kelvin(K) for thermodynamic temperature and Candela (Cd) for luminous
.'-...-' intensity, The S I unit covers the co-he rent units of tile system (the basic un its, supplementary units
and the co-herent derived units and decimal multiples and sub-multiples of the units formed by the
uses of the prefixes (See page. 2). Tile co-herent units only are designated SI units.
A system of unit is co-herem if the product or' quotients of any two units quantities in the
, I system is the unit of the resultant quantity - for example, in any co-herent system, unit of area
. results when the unit length is multiplied by unit length: unit velocity when the unit length is divided
by unit time; and unit force when the unit mass is multiplied by unit acceleration, etc, Whatever be
the system of units and whether it be co-herent or non-co-herent, the magnitudes of some physical
quantities must be arbitrarily selected and declared to have unit value. These magnitudes form a set
of standard and are called 'basic unit." All other units are derived units related to the basic units by
'.J
definition,
Most of the advanced countries have adopted SI unit. Adoption of Sl unit has little effect on
the M KSA system as the four units of Metre, Kilogram, Second and Ampere, remain the same and
only two more independent basic units have been added.
BASIC SI UNITS
.J.
1. Units of Length - Metre(m). The metre is the length equal to 1650673.73 wavelengths
in vacuum of theradiation corresponding to the transition between the levels 2 p 10and 5 d soCthe
Krypton ~6 atom. .
2. Unit ofMass-Kilogram (kg).-- The kilogram is the unit of mass and is equal to the mass of
the internationalprototype of the Kilogram. ..
I .
-
3. Unit of Time - Second (s). _:... The second is the duration of 9192 63 [ 770 periods of the
-J radiation corresponding to the transition between the two hyperfine levels of the ground state of the
. .. 4. Unit of Electric Current - Ampere (A). The ampere is that constant current which, if
maintained in two straight p'dfJllcl conductors ('f indefinite length, of negligible circular cross
section, and placed one metre apart in vacuum. would produce between these'conductc.s-aIzrcs
...... equal to 2 x 10-7 newton per unit length. . .
', ....,J'
6. Unit of Luminous Intensity - Candela (cd).. - The candela is the luminous intensity, in the
perpendicular dirccton, of a surface of I '000.000 square metre of a black body at the temperature
of freezing platinum, under a pressure of 10 1.325 newtons per. square metre,
_-_.,-
.... -"._
E~TlMATING AND COSTING
Supplementary Units. - in the International System of units, the quantities, plane an~le and
solid angle, are treated as independent quantities with SI units radian (rad.) and steredisn (sr)
re~p~cti.v~l~._ .. _ _ _ .. _
One radian is the angle between two radii of a circle whlch cuts o fCon tne Cifcu ul feten ce-a n - ---- -
7
r
metre (m') for density is kilogram per CUbic metre (kgj m-), etc.
r
p
Refer lSI publication - 'Guide to the u~e of International System (51) Units. S. P. : 5-1969.' ~ .'
:
,
~.
METHOD OF ESTIMATING ':
probable cost which is worked out by estimating. An estimate is a computation or calculation of the
,
\: ,"
quantities required and expenditure likely to.be incurred in the construction of a work. The primary
~. :
object of the estimate is to enable one to know beforehand, thecost of the work (buildings,
., , .~
structures, etc). The estimate is the probable cost of a work and is determined theoretically by
.,
j ..
mathematical calculations based on the plans and drawing and current rates. Approximate
estimate may be prepared by various methods but accurate estimate is prepared by Detailed
... :
Estimate Method. .
a
Actual Cost. - The actual cost.of work is known at the completion the work. Account of
of
all expenditure is maintained day-to-day during the execution of work in the account section and at
the end of the completion of the work when the account is completed, the actual cost is known. The
actual-cost should not differ much from the estimated cost worked out at the beginning,
Detailed Estimate..- Preparat.ion of detailed estimate consists of working out the quantities
of different items of work and then working out the cost i.e. the estimate is prepared in two
stazes-- . , '
I ...
. ..
,.t'. .A:o.
PROCEDURE OF ESTIMATING
In the above forms the description ofeach item should be such as to express exactly what work,
material, proportions of mortar, etc. have been provided for. .
In preparing an estimate items are usually classified and grouped sub-head wise but for
beginners it is convenient to make up the items in the same order, as far as possible, as they would be
executed or constructed. If the principle of following the order of construction from foundation to
upward direction is followed there is little chance of omission of items.
Note-For different types of estimates, etc" Sec Chapter /0. 'Types lJf Estimate:
, .. -_._.. ~--, ;
4. Damp proof course. - D. P.c. usually or 2.5 cm (I") thick rich cement concrete I: I Y2 : 3 or
2 em. (~") t hick rich cement mortar I : 2. mixed with standard waterproofing material. is provided
at the plinth level to full width of plinth wall, and the quantities are computed in sq.!!1_._~!~engt..!~__~ __
Hrcu.-tiifif IT.~i.ianY-D:l' :C:ls--no\-
providecratthesills- of doors and verandah openings. for which
deductions arc made. (One: kg of Cem-Scul or ltnpertno or otherstuadurd waterproofing
,;ciii1i )Ow lIJ per bag or cement is generally used).
5. Masonry. - Masonry is computed in cu m (Lengrhxbreadthxlteight). Foundation and
plinth masonry is taken- under one item, and masonry in superstructure is taken under a separate
item. In storeyed building the masonry in each storey as ground floor above plinth level, first floor,
etc. is computed separately. In taking out quantities the walls are measured as solid and then
deductions arc made for openings as doors, windows, etc. and such other portions as necessary.
Masonry of different types or classes. masonry with different mortar. etc. arc taken out under
.separatc items. Arch masonry work is taken out separately. Splayed or rounded sides of wall arc
considered as rectangular and extreme dimensions are taken to find out the quantities. Thin
partition wall is measured in sq m. Honeycomb brick wall is taken under a separate item in sq rn.no
deduction is made for holes. Stone mason ry is calculated iii the same manner as for brick masonry.
DEDUCTION FOR OPENING, BEARINGS ETC. IN MASONRY
(ii) Ends of beams, posts, rafters, purlins, etc. upto 500 sq em or 0.05 sq m (72 sq in) in
section.
(iii) Bed plate, wall plate. bearing of chajjas and the like upto 10 em (4") depth.
Bearings of floor and roof slabs are not deducted from wall masonry.
For other openings deductions are made in the following manner ;
f.t- I ---t
1 Deduct-- - Ix n thickness of wall.
Fig. 11
\0$-- I ~
1 Deduction-Ix h thickness of wall.
Fig. 1-2
PROCEDURE OF ESTIMATING
~ l--.l
1 11tH lor deduction. the area of the segmental portion is obtained
approximately hy taking 2/3 of span. x rise, (21.\ x I x r) and the quantity for
deduction is 1 x I x r: thickness 01 wall. (r'12Ibeing small is neglected for
Fig. 1-3 simplicity.) 3 - 2 -
The total ded~lction will be ". LUX~) ;t ("3
x I x r)] x thickness olwall.
Fig. 1-5 Calculation of arch work heve been dealt in details in Chapter 2.
~ s --'II .
Fig. 1-6 _
8. R.e.e. and R:B. work.-R.C.C. and R.B. work may be in roof or floor slab, in beams,
lintels, columns, foundations, etc. and the quantities are calculated in cu m. Length, breadth and
thickness are found correctly from the plan, elevation, and section or from other detailed drawings.
Beari~gs arc added With the clear span to gel the dimensions. The quantities are calculated in .c~ m
exclusive of steel reinforcement and its bend ing but inclusive of centering and shuttering and fixing
, ....
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
.' ~,
,
;. .'
and binding reinforcement in position. The reinforc~ment including its bending is taken' up
separately under steel works in quintal.Forjhis purposeO.6%to 1%(usually 1%) of R.C.C. or R.B.
work by volume may be taken for steel, if other details';are not given. T~e volume of steel ~s not
re~irJ~d_to_be deducted from.the R. C. C. or R.B.wolk ..... , -rr-r-r-:> . - - - ------ --
R.C.C. and R.B. works mav also be estimated inclusive of steel and centering and shuttering
for the complete works, if specified. ': ' .
Centering and shuttering (form work) are usually included in the R.C.C. or R.-B. work, but . \
terracing. is 7.5 ern to 12 em (3" to 4~") .average, .L.C. terracing may also be
calculated in cu m with average thickness, (as in practice in U.P.).
The bearing of roof or floor slab is given same as the thickness of slab, usually 10 ern to 15 em
(4" to 6").
. In case of tiled, galvanised iron sheet, or asbestos cement sheet roofing the roof coverings are
taken out in sq m and measured flat includingoverlaps with all fittings.and supporting trusses and
members are taken under separate item. .. .,' .". " _
Floor of doorsills and sills of opening; should also be taken into account. In the case of ground
floor sills should be taken separately, as there is no lime concrete in sills.
additions are made for jambs, soffits and of sills of these openings.
.'
.iii) For openings exceeding 0.5 sq m (5 sq ft) but not exceeding 3 sq m (30 sq 1) deduction is .
made for one face only, and the other face is allowed for jambs, soffits and sills which are
(iv) For openings above 3 sq m (30 sq ft) deduction is made for both faces of the opening, and
the jambs, soffits and sills are taken into account and added.
... ;
PROCEDURE OF ESTIMATING .
As the outer jambs, etc. are much smaller than the inner ones, the deduction is usually made
from the outer face.
. _--- _........ -, .._- .._-- ..... -._-_ .. - _._- ... ---....- -" . _. -
~ I -+l
Inside ptastar = L X H
T
H
Outside plaster ""L x H -rxh
I.
I
I.
I
L
1
I:
i-
I
I
. .' . Fig.1-7 .
I For deduction for arch opening the same principle as for masonry work (pages 6-7) is followed.
I
Plastering of ceiling usually of 12 mm (Y2") thick is computed in sq m under a separate head as
this work is done with richer mortar. For R.C.C. work usually no plastering is allowed but for fair
I .
I finish a thin plaster of rich cement mortar may be allowed which should not be taken in the
measurement separately. Thin rich cement mortar plastering in R.G.C. work may also be taken
L under a separate item, specially in the ceilingiriside room. ' . '.
1 .Pointing...... Pointing in walls is calculated in sq m for whole surface and deductions similar to
plastering are made. . . .
r 11. Cornice..... Ornamental or large Comiceis measured in running metre (running foot) for
r the complete work which includes masonry, plastering, mouldings, etc. and paid for in r m (r ft).
. Similary, string course, drip course, cor-belling, coping, etc. are measured and paid for in'
) running metre for the complete work. ,
L 12. Pillars."":,", Pillars are taken separately in cu m for their net volume and quantities are
calculated by correct geometrical measurements by simple mensuration method.
/
r '\
)"
"
Hexagonal, octagonal, etc. pillars are dealt similarly.' .'
Plastering in the pillars are calculated in sq m multiplying the. circumference of perimeter by
J. "
r the height.
13. Doors and Windows.
.
(i) Chowkhet or Frame -. - Door and window frames or chowkhats are computed
in cu rn, Length is obtained by adding the length of all the members of-the
chowkhat, top and two verticals if there is no sill member";' and adding botton
also if there is sill, and this length is multiplied' by the two dimensions of the
cross-section of the member. If there is horn projection these projections also
should be added to t he length. If there is no sill member, vertical members s~oulo
be inserted into the floor by about 2.5 ern to d cm (I" to lY2").
....
.:..,
~ < ~
ESTIMATING ANDCOSTINGl
It is better to purchase the fittings by the department to the choice and requirement. and to get ~.
them fitted by the contractor whose rate for shutters shall include the labour for fixing the fittings. t
In such case the rate of shutters will exclude the cost of fittings but will include the cost of fixing ~'
them. In estimating the cost of fittings will be provided under a separate item 'fittings of doors arid ~;
windows' on area basis or on lump sum basis for the purchase of fitting. .,~
14. Wood Work. - Wooden beams. burgahs, posts. wooden roof trusses. chowkhats, etc. ;t
come under this item, and the quantities are computed in cu m. The dimensions of finished work ::.,\
shall be taken. . '~l'l
15. Iron Work. - T'his is. 'computed -in weight in kg or quintal and the quantities are
calculated correctly by multiplying the weights per' running metre by the length. The weight per r m
II
-:1*'
4~'
can be obtained from the steel section book (steel tables are given at theend of the book). For steel ," :fi
x.
joint the length is equal to the clear span plus two bearings. the bearing may be takenz; thickness of
wall or 20 ern .
to,30 em .(H" to 12")..
Density 'of mild steel is equal to 7850. kg{cu m or 78.5 q{cu m or 0.785 gramr cu ern
(490 lbs{cu ro, :~:l
,-,
Weight of iron hold fasts may be taken as III: kg. (2 Ibs to 2~ lbs) each. For doors 6 hold fasts ',"i
,!
_(three on each side). a~d for windows 4hold fasts m~y be provided if not specified. l
be
The weight of bolts 'and nuts and rivets with heads can calculated by counting their nu mbers
and sizes and consulting steel table. Sometimes certain percentage of the whole steel work is
provided for rivets and bolts and nuts. For steel roof truss 5 per cent of the steel work is usually
sq m and are usually same as for plastering. The inside is usually white washed or distempered and
this item will be same as for inside plaster. The outside is colour-washed and the quantities of
colour-washing will be same as for outside plaster. These items need not be calculated separately.
but simply written as same as for inside plaster or outside plaster. Number of coats of white
washing or colour-washing are taken as one job or work and the rates cover for the number of coats
which should not be a multiplying factor. The number of coats should be mentioned in the item.
Ded uctions are dealt in the same manner as for plastering. Other type of surface finishing may also
, ,
PROCEDURE OF ESTIMATiNG
17. Painting. - Painting or Varnishing of doors and windows are computed in sq m, the
dimensions should be taken for outer dimensions of the chowkhat i.e. outer dimensions of doors
-andwindows.Thc__an:~~Li~_JJ1~~sured Oat (not girthed). No separate measurement is taken for the
chowk hat, the area is same as the a~eaof waH opening.rorironlYafS~];Tllts~tc:-the-area-ofthe-clear - -
opening inside tl:: cl.owkhar is t-aken. For both faces of doors and windows, the simple area as
measured above is multiplied by appropriate numbers as below -
(I) Panelled, framed and braced
[edged and battened or ledged
battened and braced ... 2'!.l times one surface area, for both sides.
(i/) Fully glazed or gauged I time one surface area, for both sides.
(iii) Partly panelled and partly glazed
or gauged . 2 times one surface area, for both sides.
(iv) Flush door 2 times one surface area, for both sides.
(v) Venetian 3 times one surface area, for both sides.
(\II) Iron bars, grills in windows' I time the area of clear opening in between
chowkhat for over all.
This covers also for chowkhats on three faces. Painting is done in two or three coats. usually
over a coat of priming. The rate covers for the number ofcoats under one item. The number of coats
, "
should be mentioned in the description of item.
(The multiplying factors differ slightly from State to State. IS 1200 should be followed).
For UiP. consult UiP... P. WD.. S.l.
The concealed surface of the chowkhat which is in contact with the jamb of the wall is usually
-, .:
painted with two coats of coaltar or solignurn, and this item is computed separately.
For beams, rafters, purlins, posts, etc., of timber or iron.jhe area of actual exposed surfaceis
taken for painting. . .
Corrugatedsurface is taken as nat and a .percentage increase is allowed. (See Chapter la-on
, .
Methods of Measurement). . ,
, .1
Lump-sum Item. - Sometimes a lump-sum rate is provided for certain small items for which
' . ..J detailed quantities cannot be taken out easily orit takes sufficient time to find the detail. as front
architectural or decoration work of a building, fire-place. -sitecleaning and dressing, etc..
/ ' Other Items. - For other ite"ms the units of different works given in pages 14 to 23 may be
cousultvd. The units being known. it will not be difficu!; to estimate the". quantities of different items
or w o r k . ~ . .,0 0 . . , - o'
Electrlfication and Sanitary and Watersupply Works. - For Sanitary and Water supply
Works 8% and for Electrification .8~c of the estimated cost of the building works are usually
provided in estimate. 0 0
! ~.
Nomenclature of Items. - The nomenclature of items are fully described so that each item is
clear and there is no ambiguity. Type arid quality of materials, proportion of mortar, method of
construction. etc. are included in the description of the items. Nomenclatures of item in the solved
exam pies in this book are given in brief. for detailed nomenclatures. P. W. D. Schedule of rates may
be consulted. 0
Rates. - Rates of different items in the estimate are the current rates for the completion of the
items of work which include supplyof materials, transport, labour scaffolding, overheads,
contractor's profit. taxes etc, TilL' rates arc usually taken from the "P.W.D. Schedule of Rates."
.... ,-
ESTIMATING AND COSTING ..
Reducing Calculation. - There are certain items where calculation can be reduced, and time
and labour saved, by adopting the following methods ~- . .
..."i. F;;~-;"da.tfon-coiicreie;;
--QQantity-of-eafthw&I'k-in-e-xca-vationjnJo.undatioll-"t~ig~~~~&~--
---"~;
Depth of excavation . . ~
For example, if the depth of excavation is 90 ern and the thickness of concrete is 30 em, then '::~
concrete = 1/ 3 X Quantity of earthwork. . .. Ili\
This is ture only when the depth of excavation and the thickness. of concrete are same for all
walls if not same take byparts whose depths are same. '
2. Sand Filling in Plinth = Quantity of earth filling in plinth x Hei~ht of sand filling..
. For example, ifheight oJ earth filling in plinth is 60 em and the height of sand filling is 30 em,
then the quantity ofsand filling = Y2 x Quantity of earth filling.
. Instead of sand filling, cinder is also used in filling the upper part of theplinth, which may be.
dealt in the same manner as that of sand filling. .
3. Inside White-washing. - Quantity is same as for inside plastering, Simply write 'the same
area as for inside plastering'. .. . .
" 4. Outside Colour-wsshing. - Quantity is same as for outside plastering. Simply write 'the
same area as for outside p l a s t e n n g ' . . .
5. Masonry Work in Footings. - When there are number ot
footings, the average breadth may be taken and the quantity may be
calculated by multiplying by the length and height.
..:. ~ .'
.....: . : . : " - ; -
.
II
1 Quantity thus obtained is only' approximate but may be
sufficient for practicalpurposes.
' .~ .<10,
; J . : :.,...... a.,:_.: .~::
6. To save multiplication against every line' combine those whose breadth and height are
common, add the length of all and multiply by the common breadth and height. By adopting this
method many multiplications can be avoided. ,.,.'
For example
In the case of wall where masonry is paid per cu m a few ern added to or substracted from the
length or height would but little affect the total content. But the width or thickness of the wall,
where every half em or quarter em affects the result considerably should be taken out withgreat
accuracy. The quantities may be computed to the nearest two places of decimal.
In general, dimensions should be measured to the nearest I em (.0 I m), areas should be worked
out to the nearest 0.0 I sq m and cubic contents should be worked out to the nearest to 0.0 I cu IIi.
Thickness of slabs, partitions, etc. and sectional dimensions of columns, pillars, beams, etc. should
be takeh to the nearest half centimetre (.005 m). .
I
(Se~ also Chapter 4 -Rules and Methods of Measurements and Taking out Quantities);
The dimensional units for main item of materials and worksfor general construction works as
used in metric system areas follows : - . .
., .
II. Mild steel bars Length in. m, Dia. in rnrn.
... ..
'.~--'~_ "'~~-- .,
'.j
1
j
.. . . ...
cu m per%cu m % cu f
I .'
. ..
UNITS
Concrete --
- _-_._ .. - ---- - -. ------ --- --.- - - - -
'--"'-"
.. -_ .. _., - ... -_. __ ._----
" .~
No.
in MKS' in MKS in FPS
Stone work
1. Stone masonry, Random Rubble masonry,
specified) . sq ill
persq m per sq. ft
Wood work
1. Wood work, door and window frame or chow
.- .khat, r-afters beams, roof trusses, etc, ... cum
percum per cu ft
2. Door and window shutters or leaves, panelled,
Steel work
1. Rolled Steel joists, Channels, Angles, T-irons,
wo~ .
quintal per q per cwt
3. Bending, binding of steel reinforcement quintal perq per cwt
UNITS
Sl.'
Units of Units of Units of
Particulars of Items
No.
measurement payment payment
...... . ... "_... - . . __. .. .. - . . .. -- _.- -,
in MKS ~n MKS in FPS
which cut)
quintal
per q per cwt
9. Cutting of Iron Joists, channels ...
cm
percm per inch
10. Cutting, Angles, Tees, Plate ..,
sq ern
per sq cm per sq inch
11. THreading in iron
'" cm
per em per inch
12. Welding, solder of sheets, plates cm
percm per inch
,'( Welding of rails: steel, trusses, rods~
per no.)
13. Boring holes in iron ......
no
per no,
p-er no.
14,_ ' Cast Iron (C.l.) pipe, Dia. specified .. ,
"metre
perm
per ft
15. Rivets, Bolts and' nuts, Anchor bolts, Lewis
Roofing-
1. Tiled roof ~ Allahabad tile, Faizabad tile,
Mangalore tile, etc. including battens ... sq m persqm % sq ft
2. Country tile roof including bamboo jaffri '" ,sq m persqm % sq ft
3. Corrugatediron (G.c.l.) roof, Asbestos cement
(A.C.) sheet roof ... sq m per sqm '% sq ft
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
S1.
Units of Units of Units of
No. Particulars of Items measurement payment payment
in MKS in MKS in FPS
t.
4. Slate roofing, timber roofing persq m % sq ft
5. Thatch. roofing including bamboo jaffri (Thick
ness specified) ... sq m persq m % sq ft
.j
12. Insulating layer in roof of sand and clay,
.-,
UNITS
.
Sl. Units of Units of Units of
Particulars of Items measurement payment payment
No.
..... _.- , _.. .... ".,- .. -- .. ' .. - ._--- -- - ... -
in.. MKS
- '-"--'-'--
_,
in MKS
-------~._._---_. _. ___ J!l_EeS
~
9. _ Painting, Varnishing (No. of coat specified) ... sqm per sq m - % sq ft
10. Polishing of wood work (No. of coat specified) sq m per sq m % sq ft
II. Painting letters and figures (Height specified) - no. per no. per no.
:: ... 8.
2.5 em (I ") or 4 cm (I W') ec., floor
,
...
-
s9 m persqm % sq ft_
9. Mud
,
flooring finished gobri lepping '
... sq rn per sq m % sq ft
10. Apron or Plinth protection (May be of C.C,
L.C, brick, etc.r .. , sqrn persq m % sq ft
'- ;.
II. Door and window sill {CC. or cement mortar'
plastered) ... sq m persq m % sq ft
Miscellaneous Items
\. Ornamental cornice (Projection, type speci
fied) metre per m per r ft
'"
"
;...
'
'
I ing, .Throating, etc. ... metre per m per r ft
ESTIMATING
,
ANI) COSTINq \
"
i
_ - _.- .. - , ,. __ .- ..
"",' '" -'--... .in,MKS
- ._ .... - -
." _..iii MKS .._..._- ._.- in- FPS -
-', _~.~-_._
Brackets, etc. . ..
no. per no. per no.
4., Railing (Height and type specified) ... metre per m per r ft
5.. Surface drain small (size, material, etc. speci <
s
fied) ...
metre per m per r ft
6. Surface drain large (item wise) -,
(1) Masonry cu m per cu m
(iI) Plastering
% cu ft}
sq m persq m % sq ft .~
II. Trestle. Crate (size, type, etc. specified) . no. per no. per no. '
12. Cleaning flues . no. per no. per no.
13. Cotton cords in sky light '" no. per no. per no.
(May aJ50 be by weight in kg)
14. Easing doors and windows no. per no. per no.
15. Fixing doors and windows no. per no. per no.
16. Supply and fixing of Hinges; Tower bolts,
" .: % sq ft
cement grouting of concrete) ...
sq m persq m
35. .Grouting of cracks, joints, etc. ... metre per m per r ft
Materials
I.
I.
I
Supply of bncks
'--'
. ,.; ,.'~
UNITS
S1.
Units of Units of Units of
Particulars of Items measurement payment
No.
- payment
-_ .._- ..... . . .. _- .... _-. --. . .. _0 _______ ...__ _..__ ._ .._..-
~
27. Supply of paint ready mix ... litre pc. litre per gl
28. Supply of stiff paint . .. kg per kg pertb
29. Explosive for blasting '" kg per kg perlb
.........
STANDARD MODULAR'BRICKS
Size of standard modular bricks
Sizes of standard modular bricks as fixed by Indian Standard Institution are as given below
(Fig. 1-9). These standard bricks will now be manufactured and used andoldtraditional bricks
shall be given up. .: :.
. ..
(Standard Modular Bricks with Frogs. all Dimensions 'in Ccntimares thig. 1-9)
OR'
19---. \.-19
Fig. 1- 9
UNITS
Actual thickness of wall with 1 ern mortar joint are 9 em for Y2 brick, 19 ern for lbrick, 29cm
for IV2 brick, 39 ern for 2 brick, 49 ern for 2\12 brick, 59 ern for 3 brick. But the thickness of wall is
taken as multiple of 10 as given in the above table irrespective of the actual thickness for estimating
and for payment. Above 3 brick wall the thickness of wall is actually measured after construction
for payment but for estimating the thickness may be taken as multiple of 10.
TRADITIONAL BRICKS
II I
I ,I Metric dimensions of present traditional (9" x 4~" x 3") bricks and width of walls :-:
, As the standard modular bricks are not being manufactured, the metric dimensions of present
1
" /.
bricks of9" x 4Y2" x 3" (nominal size) have been fixed to the nearest one place ofdecimal.Until the
1
" . .'
metric standard bricks are available, the present traditional bricks are to be used and the thickness
of walls shall be measured as multiple of half brick (] 1.4 em), The dimensions of traditional brick
/
and thickness of walls in metric unit are as given below :
I
'. ./
/
\ Metric Dimension
r: '.
Actual . ::;:.9 c.i; X 112cm: x ? 0. em
.' -,
I Nominal 9" x 4Y2" x 3" 22.9 ern x llA cm x 7.6 em
r ..
walls - 7.6 crn 11.4 ern 22.9 em 34.3 ern 45.7 cm 57.1 em 68.6 ern 80.0 em 91.4 em
For 10" x 5" x )" size (nominal) brick, the metric dimension will be taken as 25.4 em x 12.7 em x
'}6 em (nominal) and the thickness of walls shall be measured as multiple ofhalf brick ( 12.7 em),
and shall be as 7.6 em, 12.7 em, 25.4 em, 37.1 em, 50.8 em, 63.5 em, 76.2 em, 88.9 em, 101.6 ern,
.' 14.3 em and so on. .
__________ . lVlI;ItlQOJLQEJ3UlL,DlNG...ES,-1MAIES ._
Example 1. - Estimate the quantities of brickwork and plastering required in a wall 4 m long,
3 m high and 30 cm thick. Calculate also the cost if the rate of brickwork is Rs. 320.00 per cu m and
of plastering is Rs. 8.50 per sq m.
Example 2. -Prepare a detailed estimate of part of a wall of a building from the given plan
and section and general specifications (Figs. 2-1 and 2-2).
, - GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
(I) Foundation ccr.crete shall be of lime concrete.
(2) Foundation and plinth shall be of 1st class brickwork in lime mortar.
(3) Damp Proof Course 2.5 mm c.c. I : 1Y2 : 3 with water proofing compound.
__ '__ (4) Superstructure - 1st class brickwork in lime mortar.
-(5) Wall finishing - Inside wall 12 mm Cement plastered I : 6 and white washed 3 coats.
Outside wall 12 mm cement plastered I : 6 including 1.0 em.below ground level and finished
with two coats of colour wash over one coat of white was-hing.
/: .
Note: - Fig. 2-1 and Fig. 2-2 are plan and cross-section of the w~1I with stundurd modular
brick and with treditional brick respectivcly. For simplicity only a port ion.oiu wull luis been taken
and h(,I1I.:~ there arc no footings at the ends. - - -
., .. ------------ _..
ESTIMATING OF WA~L
. ~
-1
E
Outside E Inside Outside g Inside
~ M
M
Super Structure
Super Structure Wall Wall
- 4- Plinth
G.L.
~ 80 em ~
CROSS SECTION CROSS SECTION
-40 em.
6.00m
30 em.
I I ~
45.7 em
6.00m.
34.3cm
-~ I
I Depth
-f-.----
-.~
--- - - - - - - --_.
Dimensions
. .
Quantities
Item .Description__Q(jJemS .QL wQrk __ No. or Total
No. l,e-ngihF t ll tTt.or- Icontents----: -qii"anfiricS-
, Depth
._--_ ....
4. 2.S em Damp proof eourse(D.P.C.)
c.c.I 11Iz:3 ...
I 6.00 m .40 m - 2.4 2.4 sq.rn
5. First class Brickwork In lime
1:6 .:
Inside
l 6.00 m - 3.50 m 21.0
O~tside including 10 em below
G.L. ...
I ' 6.00 m - 4.20 m 25.2
} 46.2 sq m
, , Total . I3796.54
Add for Contingencies 3%
Add for Workcharged Establishment 2% .
Grand Total
t\113.90
75.93
3?86.~,~._
Note: - For the items ofplastering and white washing or colo ur washing the end faces of the
wall have not been taken into consideration: and the outer plinth offset of5 cm has been neglected.
METHOD OF ~UILDING ESTIMATE
;
(
"
.
j
Trench Filling. - Earthwork in trench piling is usually not taken into account. If required
this can be calculated as follows ;- . i . :
For simplicity the earthwork in trench filling may be taken as 1/5 of earthwork in excavation.
With traditional bricks, the items of foundation concrete, Plastering; White washing and
Colour washing are same as for above. The earthwork, Brickwork in foundation and plinth,
Brickwork in superstructure,and D.P.C. differ and are as calculated below :~
METHOD I
Separate or individual wall method. -_. In this method, measure or find out the external length
of walls running in the longitudinal directicn generally the long walls out-to-out, and the internal
lengths of walls running in the transverse direction in-to-in i.e. of cross or short walls in-to-in, and
calculate quantities multiplying the length by the breadth and the height of wall. The same rule
applies to the excavation in foundation. to concrete in foundation and to masonry. Care should be
taken to note the difference in dimensions at different height due to offset, or footings. It is
convenient to imagine plans at different level of heights as foundation trench plan, foundation
concrete plans of each footing, etc. and dealing each plan or part separately.
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
The simple method is to take the long walls and short or cross walls separately and to find out
the centre to centre lengths of long walls and short walls from the plan. For symmetrical footing on
eithersides;-the- centreline -remains-same--fo r-superstrueture-and.for.foundation.and.plinrh.-- --_._--~
For long walls add to the centre length one breadth of wall, which gives the length of the wall
out-to-out, multiply this length by the breadth and the height and get the quantities. Thus for
finding the quantities of earthwork in excavation, for length of the trench out-to-out add to the
centre length one breadth of foundation. Adopt the same process for foundation concrete, and for
each footing. It should be noted that each footing is to be taken separately and the breadth of the
(Long wall length out-to-out = centre to centre length + halfbreadth on one side + halfbreadth
on the other side = centre to centre length + one breadth);
I .
For short or cross walls subtract (instead of adding) from the centre length one breadth of wall,
which gives the length in-to-in, and repeat the same process as for the long walls, subtracting one
breadth instead of adding.
That is, in case of long wall add one bread th and in case of short wall subtract one breadth from
. the centre length to get the corresponding lengths.
This method can alsobe worked out in a quicker way. For long walls find the length of the
foundation trench of the long wall out-to-out in the same. manner as explained above, the length of
the foundation concrete is the same, for the length of the first footing or first step of brick wall
subtract two offsets in foundation concrete from the length of the trench or concrete, for the second
. footing subtract from the length of l st footing two offsets infooting i.e. 2 x5 = 10 em (2 x 5.7= llA
em for traditional bricks), for the third footing subtract from the length of the 2nd footing two
offsets i.e. 10 em (11.4 cm for traditional bricks) in this way deal the long walls up to the
superstructure. [F(~r 25A'cm x 12./cm x f:6 cm(Hf'xj';x 3W'j bricks, one offset in footing =6.35
em and two offsets = 12.7 cm].
. . .
. .
For snort wall follow the sarne rnct hod but instead of subtracting, add two offsets to get the
corresponding length in-to-in.
It will be noticed that by taking dimensions in this way, the long walls are gradually decreasing
in length from foundation to superstructure, while the short walls are increasing in length.
lrrnayalso be noted that thewall which is taken first is to be treated as long wall though its
length may be lesser, and the 01 her wall be treated as short wall.
This method is simple and accurateand thereis no chance of anymist akc. This method may be
named as Long wull nnd short wall method. or gcncrsl method.
METHOD OF BUILDING ESTIMATE
The following examples (Exs, 3a, 4a, and Sa) illustrate this method :
building of 5 m x 4 m, and Sections represent the cross-sections of the walls with fQundation,-
Estimate the quantities of
The length of long wall centre to centre = 5.00 Y2 x .30+ Y2 x .30 + = 5.30 m. The length of short
wall centre to centre = 4.00 + Y2 x .30 + Y2 x .30 = 4.30 m.
o
It)
M
G.L.
30 em.
3Dem.
3Dcm.
1f-90 cm.-tl SECTION ON AS
~I o
I. I
I
;
30 em,
"., rr---------- 11 :;-r
-:
.1 I
I.
I
I
I _I
I 0
-. I
I '0 .
I I
J .: ~
I
E
I
.:~
z. A
'#
I E I o
M
is -.:i - 8
I 0
.. 1. .0 C!
I
j::.
ow !. - ~
I
I I
I
(/) I
E
0 E
---i 0 5.00m o~
(') .
! 0
(')
~'t - - - - - - - - - ... -t
3Ocm/t
I( clco.3D m
o
I
Fig: 2-3
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Plan of Found"
g 0=
()~.E
To estimate the quanti Trench and' -1 ~ Et::~
ties, the plan of foundation Found" Cone.
I g,g.!::
, ";00
trencb and foundation con I
crete, the plan ofeach footings
or steps of wall may be
. ...
~-.--90emo-. - - r
-i" -*
imagined as given in Fig. 2-4.
Then the long wall in-to-in
and the short wall In-to-in of ---~60cm-' _._.
each part may be dealt one by
one.
I
T T
I
Plan of 1stFooting ~
55;1
I'-- _. tiOQm-'
!
- -:
i
..L.
" 1
Fig.2-4 1E
,u
sE
Plan of 2nd Footing
:; .
-o
10 g
I
". j
J
"" I Plan of i-'\inth Wall
'-.
/ .
30cm
'v
METHOD OF BUILDING ESTIMATE
(
~ f
~. ~ ~ . ~
..~.
DETAILS OF MEASUREME~T AND CJ\LCUL~TION OF QU+NTITIES (Ex. 3a)
l. Earthwork in
excavation in
foundation
Long walls ...
2 6.20.!U .90 m .90 m 10.04 . Length > 5.30 + .90 ::: 6.20 m
Short walls ...
2 3.40 i:n .90 m .90 m 5.51 Breadth> 4.30 - .90 ::: 3.40 m
Total 15.55
cum
2. Concrete in
foundation
Long walls ...
2 6.20 m .90 m .30 m 3.35 Length same as for excavatio n'
Short walls ...
2 3.40 m .90 m .30m 1.83 Quantity> 1/ 3 of excavation
Totiil 5.18
cum
3. Brickwork in
foundation and
plinth
Long walls ~ . ,
4. Brickwork in ..",!
,
superstructure
Long walls ... 2 II 5.60 m iI .30 m 3.50 m 11.76 Length > 5.30 + .30 ::: 5.60, m
Short walls' ...
,"
i
~J
2 4.00 m .30 m '3.5001 - 8.40 ' Length> 4.30 - .:00= 4.00 m
Total 20.16
Note:
l I
The door openings. window opctungs, lintels, etc. shall have to be deducted from
cu m.' ,f
i
j
superstructure as ususl.
See C-ll.J.{,'
I
It may be noted .that in the ease of long wall. the lengths of the 2nd footing, 3rd footing ete.
differ by 10 em and eaeh is shorter than the previous one by 10 ern.Similarly for short wall the length
is longer than the previous footing by 10 em. Thus the lengths can be obtained by subtracting or
adding 10 em as the ease may be. F ortraditional bricks (22.9 em x 11.2 em x 7.6 em) the length ean
be obtained by subtracting or adding 11.2 em. (For 25.4 em x 12.7 em x 7.6 em bricks add or
subtract 12.7 em).
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
As study of the plans and elevations (Fig. 2-5) 'will make it clear. The plan (1) shows the
foundation footings. The long walls and short walls may be imagined to be constructed separately,
first the long walls and then the short walls. From the elevation (iiI) and (v) it will be clear that the
'" ----length,of each-successive footing-of.long-walls-iS-r-educed-inJength--and.thaLof-the-shor:t-walls-each,---
successive footing is increased in length.' "
I
The corresponding breadth and height can be obtained from the cross-section of wall.
re ----I
5.60m.
5.70m 40 em
-r-'
----411
,
5.80 m 30 em _x--
. . .... ..
. 5.90m
. . ... 3030emem
~
ne.-
...
6.20m ~ -.. .- ....
.
6'
-~ -
w I Ir.:
J: -, I
~
Q.
I. ,- ,
30cm
40cm
l;1...
1-0
, '--l so em h
E E --l
60cm 1::1..- : ~
o
o
o
O'l
(')
~ 90cm -. E
0
-.i t I <'l
'cr
'0
:
I .
III'
:c
,oj)
u,
.0 I-
:: EEEEE
00000 II
..
5 I g~gggt
.. .. .. .,
I
I
..
-Il. '" '.
1 1_ I
~
T:'30,... 16
~ 'em -+I ' - Pf-JPPI-J - - - -
I
In the Example J(a) with traditional bricks, the breadth ofwall in first tooting, second Iootuig,
plinth wall and superstructure wall will be 68.6 em, 57.1 em, 45.7 cm andJ4.3 cm respectively. The
students may solve this problem having walls with traditional bricks.
METHOD OF BUILDING ESTIMATE
i
. i
Example 4(a). - Estimate the quantities of the following items of a two roomed building
from the given plan and section (Fig. 2-6) :
... __-(l)-Earthw.or-k-in-excav.ation.in_fo_undaJl~m,Jfl_1i!!!.~ concrete in foundation, (3) 1st class
brick work in cement mortar I : 6 in foundation and plinth, (4) 2.5 em c.c~-damp proofCourse, ana--
(5) 1st class brickwork in lime mortar in superstruc-ure,
3U""em ...
w w
en
~ ~
;: Room4m x 6m .~~
Room6m x 6m
eO
..
en
E l.
0
4.00m ~I ..
. ~
--l 0 6.00m !f-
C')
0 I~ 0 I~
L C') -.
J 3C em. &. .J
PLAN r
7.5 em L.C. Terrace Over 13 em R.C.C. -. ~i:~"':
~~~
...:, : ~;. :": ~
All Walls are of same section -.
Untels over Doors. WindOWSarK!
Shelves are 15 em thick R:B.:' _..
E ..; ....
o
"!
"'"
I
2em D.P.G.
~~~:m~~2~'as5 em c.c, Over 7.5 em L.C.
.."l
- -,
Note: - Length of subsequent footings of long' walls after 1st footing may be obtained
simply by deducting 10 em from first footing.
~'
. ~..
,;.
METHOD OF,BUILDINQ ESTIMATE
f ?~ .f ~
(Ex4a Contd.]
, ,'.
Item Particulars of Height:
No.Items No. ~ength Breadth or 'Quantity Explanatory note
;
., Depth
,-, .. _.. -- ..
~5.70 m .60;m ~10 m '. l.O3 T=- O:-JO' - .60- -5:70: m
3rd footing -:.. 3
4th footing ... '3 5.80 m .sOm .10 rn
0.87 L == 6.30 - .50 ':: 5.80 m
Plinth wall
above footing 3 5.90 m .40,m .80 m 5.66 L ;;; 6.30 - .40 == 5.90 m
Total 26.10
cu m
4. Damp proof
course
2.5 ern thick
C.c.
Long walls ...
2 1\;00 m .40 m - 8.80 Lengths same as for plinth
Short walls '0' 3 5.90 m .40 m - 7.08 wall in item 3..
Total 15.88
Deduct door
sills ...
.2 1.20 m .40 m - 0.96
Net Total . 14.92
sq m
_.
5. Ist class brick
work in lime
mortar in
superstructure
Long walls ... 2 10.90 m 30m 4.20 rn 27.47 L:: 10.60 + .30 == 10.90 m
Short walts ... 3 6.00 m .30 m 4.20m 22.68 L == 6.30 ...:'.30 '" 6:00 m
Total 50.t5
cu m
Deduct -: ..
Door openings 2 1.20 m .30 m 2.IOm 1.51
"
Window.
':1 openings ... 4 I.oom i .3~ m . 1.50 m 1.80
..
1.00 m I .20 rn i 1.50 ill
. '.~ f
. r.>: .
.
Shelves ... 2 V.W Backorshelves iO cru thick .
wall.
I
Lintels over
doors ... 2 1.50 m I .30 m .15 m 0.14 Bearing [5 em
~,l
Lintels over
windows ... 4
1.30 m .30 rn .15 m 0.23 Bearing 15 ern
,
Lintels over
sed
5m x 4m
,--,---==:......,.+
1f---S.OOm
Bed
Bed 4m x 4.5m
s rn x 4.5m
~
- - 5.00m ---41 ~-- 4.oom --~
~
~- Drawing
5mx6m o o~
5.00 m ~ ~ ~:2J.
'. l~D Jew IW/ew . D/cw
" ./ ~
PLAN
_ 10 em L C. Over 12 em R.C.C.
Doors:
D,-120 em x 210 em (1.20 m x 2.10 m)
30em
-J\
y 7.5 em. L.C. Over 10 em'R.C.C, D2-100cmx 200 em (1.00 m x 2.00 rn)
30 em
t W,-100cm x 150 em (1.00 m x 1.50m)
,,' .
. Alfw~.Ils of ,Drawing Rooms and Bath Rocn wa!ls have similar
\ ......
METOD OF BUILDING ESTIMATE
Example 5(a). - Estimate the quantitiesof the following items oa residential building from
the given drawings (Fig. 2-7) ;.- .~ .. .... ' . ..... '
.... ..... u{l)uEarthworkin..excavation'in.Io..u.nd_aJio.o_.J~)J",ime concre!~jn foundation. (3) First class
brickwork in I : 6 cement sand mortar in foundaiion andplinth, (4) 2.5 cm Damp proofco~rs~';'''-'
and (5) First class brickwork in liine mortar in su.perstructure. .
. ~~ ~
,l :.
'". ';:'::/ .
c. to c. long wall (rear wall including bath room) 9~65 m same as front ver. Wall.
Item.~~[ticutarsof- .... -_. ..... ..... ----_._._-_. __., --- _. .. _- .... _- .Height. 1 - - - - - -1---... _-_. _ _... -.....:.._ .. - - . ~ .
)
No. Items No~ Length Breadth or Quantity Explanatory note
Depth
'j
I. Earthwork in exca
vation in
) foundation
Drawing room and.
left bed room
Long walls ... 2 11.50 m .90 m 1.00 m 20.70 L = 10.60+ .90 = 11.50 m
Short walls ... 3 4.40 m .90m 1.00 m 11.88 L = 5.30 - .90 = 4.40 m
Bed rooms right .
side (both) -
Long walls '"
2 9.60m .90m 1.00m 17.28 L=9.60 _ .9~ +.9~ =9.60m
.. )
Short walls ... 2 3.90 m .90 m 1.00 m 7.02 L = 4.80 - .90 = 3.90 m
Front verandah
Front long wall ...
, "I I 9,50 m .60 m .50 m 2.85 L=9.65 - .9~ +.6~ =9.50m
Side short wall ... I 1.50 m .60 m .50 m 0.45 L=2.25 _ .9~ _ .6~ =1.50m
Back verandah
including bath
room
-Long wall (rear
wall including . '. .. . . "
bath) ... I 9.50 m :6Orn .50 m L=9.65- .9~ '+ .6~ =9,50m
2.85
.
. .,.. ..
Short walls ,
(remaining walls of
bath) .,.
2 2.00 m .60 m .50 m '1.20 ~=2.75 - .9~ ., .6~ =2.00~
2. Lime concrete in
foundation -Draw ., Total .64.23
cu m
. .. . .... .. .. :: ... , .
ing and left bed
room I
Long walls ... 2 11.50 m .90m .30 m 6.21 L same as for earthwork in
excavation
Short walls ... 3 4.40 m .90m .30 m 3.56
Bed,room right side
(b~th)-
'Long walls ... 2 9.60 m .90 m .30 m 5.18 L same as for earthwork in
excavation.
Short walls
Front verandah
... 2 3.90m .90m .30 m ~.II .. ..
Front Long wall ...
I. '9.70 m .60 m ..20 m. . 1.16 L=9.65 _ .5~ +.6~ =9.70m
Side short wall ... I 1.10 m .60 m .20 m 0.20 L=2.25 _ .5~ _ .6~ = I.70m
." -
MET~OD
. \
OF BJ.1ILDING ~STIMATE
. ': . ~:
. .~
.(Ex. 5(1 COII(d.)
._-_. -- -- -.---.,-----"T--.."..--------,+-------..,;._ ._ _. _-,-
Item Particulars of Height \
_.-.No,.Jlc;m~ .. N.9.~_~<::n.g~h. ~~~.~~!! ._._~r~j_9uar:~i_t~__ E..XE.I_~.~a~~ry ~ote . _
Depth
--- ._-_._ ------ ------- --_ . - .._-- ........... '-"_._-.
Back verandah,
including bath
room ;
~
cum
I footing
'.
I Long walls
l I s t footing .2 9.60 m .60 m .20m 2.31 L=9;60 _ .6~ + .6~ =9.60m
2nd footing 2 9.60 m .50 m .20m 1.92
L=9.60 - .5~ + .5~ ~9.60m
Plinth wall
above footing ...
2 9.60 m 040 m .90 m 6.91 L=9.60 _ A~ + .4~ =9.60m
. _.1. .._.....__ ._ .. .__---'-_~____!....._'__ _ __!_ __..!....._ _...!.__ ____!. _
Front wall
Footing ... I 9.65 m Ap .20m 0.77 L=9.65 _ A~ + Ag=9.65 m
Plinth wall above
footing ...
I 9.60 m .30 m .70 m 2.02 J-,=9.65 - A~ + .3~ =9.60'm
Side short wall-
r
Footing ...
I 1.85 m 040 m .20 m 0.15 t=2.25 _ A~~ ~4~. ~ 1.85m
,
...
Plinth wall above
footing . ...
I 1.90 m .30 m .70 m 0040 L=2.25':.4~ ~ .3~ = 1.90m
Back verandah
including bath
., .
room .' . .,
Long wall
Footing ... : "1 :. 9.65'm '040 m :20:m ,-0.77 }Lengl~"ame as for front
verandah
::
long wall
: "/". ' . '
... .
Plinth wall ., - -. ..
.
.:
".;,
: :'- ... .;.... ': ~ ~ .
above footing ... I 9.60 m .30 m .70m 2,02
Short walls
(remaining walls of
-. .. - . ... .. ,
bath)
..
, . - ,
.. -~---
.. -"--"
I, METHOD OF ~mILDING ~STIMATF;
" ; j -,
~ (Ex. 5a Contd.)
Item Particulars of
Height
No.
items No. Length Breadth or . Quantity Explanatory note
..... ..... _- -. .- ..
Depth
~
""--" .. ......... . -- .
course
walls '"
2 2.40m .30m 1.#
Total 28.67
sqm
Deduct
Door sills D 1 '"
6 1.20 m .40 m _. 2~8
Door sills D2 ..... 2 1.00 m .40 m - 0.80
Short walls ... 3 5.00 m .30 rri 4.00m 18.00 L =5.30"': .30:: 5,00 m
. - .. _~._ ..
.
.,
.~
r,,
,ESTIMATING AND COSTING
- . 1 .
-.. ' , ..
'4
... : .
Item Particulars.of.. - ______ ""-- ..._ -- - - - - , - - - - ' _H.eight
'-,----
No.' .Iterns No. Length Breadth or Quantity Explanatory note
Depth "
cu m
Deduct -
Door openings
rl;. operungs
. D, ... 6 1.20 III .30m 2.10 m 4.54
O. openings D 2 '" 2 1.00 III .30 m .~..oq'!ll; 1.20
D. openings 03 '" 'I 0.75 m .20 III 1.80' m ' 0.27
Window openings :.;':". .. .. , . ;~.:. ~
, "
Clerestory window
(c. W.) opening ... 18 0.75 m .30 m ,O.60m 2.43
Shelves opening ' " 5 1.00 m 1.20 m 1.50 ~ 1.50 Back of shelves 10 ern thic k
wall.
Front verandah
opening in between
pillars ... I 8.40 m .20 m 2.40m 4.03 L == 9.60 - 3 x Ao == 8.40 m
Front verandah ,
(Ex. Sa Coatd.)
Item Details of
Height
-No; ltems- ........ .. - .... _- ... -- -No.-- -Length- Breadth __OL.... __ Q.Y~ Explanato'!y note
Depth
Lintels-
Over doors
D. doors DJ 1
.95 m .20 m .15 ill 0.029 Bearing 10 em
Over windows .
W. windows WI ...
11 1.30 m .30 m .15 m 0.644 Bearing 15 em
W. windows W2 ...
1
2.30 m .30 m .15 rn 0.103 Bearing 15 ern
O. windows W3 ...
2
.95 m .20 m .15 rn 0.057. Bearing 10 ern
Verandah lintels
Front ... 1 9.75 rn .20 m .15 m 0.293 L=9.60 + .15 = 9.75 m
Side '" 1 2.15 m .20 m .15 m 0.065 L = 2.00 + .15 = 2.15 rn
Back ... 1 7;50 rn .20 rn .15 rn 0.225 L = 9.60 - 2.40 + 2 x .15
=7:50 rn
'. Net
Total 66.59 cu m
Note : - Verandah walls above lintel, verendeh pillars, and bath rootuwslls may' be taken
scperstely end-no deduction for verandah openings need be. tuede. ' " z ..
ABSTRACT OF QUANTITIES (Ex. Sa)
Note: -- Steps have not been taken into consideration es the object of this example is to
illustrate (he method of estimating of walls only.
. METHOD II . . . ~I
',.
Centre Line Method. - In this method known as centre line method sum-tot1llJ~ngtlLoLc~ntr.~.._ '. ..
tlnesaf walls-,Tting and short, has to-be
found out. Find the total length of centre lines' of walls, of "
same type, long and short having same type of foundations and footings and then find the ~
quantities by multiplying the total centre length by the respective breadth and the height. In this i
method, the length will remain same for excavation in foundation, for concrete in foundation, f o r t .
all footings and for superstructure (with slight difference when there are cross walls or number of .~.
junctions). This method is quick but requires special attention and consideration at the junctions, &
. meeting points of partition or cross walls, etc. .,~
. For rectangular, circular polygonal (hexagonal, octagonal, etc.) buildings having no inter or ~!
cross walls, this method is quite simple. For buildings having cross or partition walls, for every t
junction of partition or cross walls with main walls, special consideration shall have to be made to i
~
find the correct quantity. For each junction half breadth of the respective item or footing is to be
ded ucted from the total centre length. Thus in the case of a building with one partition wall or cross
wall having two junctions, for-earthwork in foundation trench and foundation concrete deduct one
! '.
w
breadth of trench or concrete from the total centre length (half breadth for one junction and one i"
breadth (2 x Y2 = one for two junctions). F0!" footings, similary deduct one breadth of footing for ~:
two junctions from the total centre length, and so on. If two walls come from opposite directions t
and meet a wall at the same point,. then there will be two junctions. I-
''4
<,
For building having different types of walls, each set of walls shall have to be dealt separately.
Find the total centre length of all walls ofone type and proceed in the same manner as described
above. Similarly find the total centre length of walls of second type and deal this separately, and so
on.
In the case of a building having different type of walls, suppose the, outer (main) walls are of A
type and inter cross walls are ofB type, then all Atype walls shall be taken jointly first, and then all
B type wall's shall be taken together separately. In such cases no ded uction of any kind need be made
for A type walls, but when B type walls are takenrf6I- eachjunction deductionof haif breadth of A
'type wall (main wall) shall have to be made from the total' centre length of walls.
It rn,aybe noted that at corners ofthe building where two walls are meeting no substraction or
addition is required. .
When there are number of footings, the length of the first footing is to be determined by
r,;:;d ucting half breadth of fouting' per] .In.;i.:vli rrom l.ilt:lotai centre linelengthand then the length
of the subsequent footing can be obtained simply by adding one offset of footing i.e. 5 ern for every
junction to the length of the previous footing, .
The examples 3(a). 4(a) and 5(a) which have been solved by method I in the previous pages, I
have been solved again under examples 3(b). 4(b) and 5(b) in the following pages, by method II to
illustrate this method. These illustrations will make this method quite clear.
Note.-Student should practice method I first and when they have become sufficiently.
acquainted with method I, then only they should take up the method fl.
........
Example 3(b). - Estimate by centre line method the quantities of the following items of a
single room building Fig, 2-3 of example 3a (page 31)-( I)Earthwork in excavation in foundation,
I
i (2) Concrete in foundation, (3) Brickwork in foundation and. plinth, a~d (4) Brickwork in
superstructure. . .
Ii
METHQt> OF BUUiOlNG EST~M~Tli
~ .~. r~
Total centre length of walls = A~ + BC +CQ' +PA .; ~;~O +4.30 + 5;30 + 4.30 F/19.20 m
Fig. 2-8 represents the foundation trench plan. ' !
._-_,_, ILthe_t.o_tal~~n.t.r~l~J],8!h_~~J!!~J~!PJ~_~_~_~ -'--!7-7'""':Ir-7'-r-~r--7_.."..'7'"""l.........
.....,...."...L......
; r-_....
the breadth and the depth we get the quantity J<-;;; - - - -- - - -""".. ~
x 90 ern + BC x 90 cm x 90 em + CD x 90 ern x
90 cm + DA x 90 cm x 90 ern. It may be
_._------"--------~-----,---_.--------
il
Example 4(b). - Estimate by centre line method the quantities of the following items of a two
roomed building Fig. 2-6 Example 4a (page 35)
, --(l-)E~~th-~~--;:k-i'~ excav-;ti~nTn foundation:c2fLune-concieteTnfouncraTIoii~-(3)~src1ass---
brickwork in cement mortar I: 6 in foundation ami plinth, (4) 2.5 ern c,c. damp proof course, and
(5) lst class brickwork in lime mortar in superstructure.
In this problem there are two junctions of the inter wall with the main wall.
Total centre length of wall = 2 x c. to. c. of long wall + 3 x c. to c. of short wall.
, ='2xIO.60+3x6.30=40.lOm'
Fig. 2-9 represents the foundation trench plan. '
.t-. ---- -- ~.
I r
I i!
lA, I ,;a:
:~r,.:
t
{it.~
'~
L
E E
I
E
E
g I
t
~....ri,
l'!
o
.... o ....
0 ui -~
":"
s' ,I
\
;/~
', .. '
-t-. ---;'-' --, ?~
f
If the total centre length is multiplied by the breadth and depth, at the junction the portions A
-: -. and B shown by hatch lines in Fig. 2-9 come twice .. and weget the quantity in excess by these
portions, and these excesses shall have to be deducted. The deduction mas be effected reducing the
centre length byhalf breadth for each junction.
'- .. "
= (40.10 - 2 x VI x 1.10) x 1.l0 x 1.00:= 39.00 x' l.lO x LOO:;= 42..90 cu m.
The same principle applies to foundation concrete, to footings, plinth wall and superstructure
wall. At every stage deduction of half breadth of the main wall at that particular level shall have to
be made per junction (i.e. one breadth for two junctions) from the total centre length, and this net
centre length after ded uction shall be multiplied by the respective breadth and the height or depth to
get quantities. " , '
" '
""' .. ,
METH~D OF BUI{.-DING ESTIMATE :''1
. ~ 1 .~
DETAILS OF MEASUREMENt
, AND CALCULATION OF QUANTITIES (Ex.
.
4b)
., ,
Item Particulars of l{eigp~ ,. .,.' .\;.: ', ,;.'"
foundation '"
I 39.00 m 1.l0m .30m 12.87 L same as above.
cum
3. I st class brick-work
in 1:6 cement
mortar in
foundation and
plinth-
I st footing ... I 39.30 m .80m .20m 6.29 L=40.l0 ,-2 x .8~ == 39.30
I
. ,
2nd footing ... 1 39040 m .70 m .10 m 2.76 L=40.1O - 2 x .7~ ~ 39.40m
3rd footing ... I 39.50 m .60 in .10 m 2.37 L==4Q.1O - 2 x .6~ == 39.50m
4th footing . .. .J. 39.60 m .50 m
L==40.1O - 2x.. 5~ . == 39.60m
~
.10 m 1.98
Plinth wall above
footing
..
'" 1 39.70 m 040 m .80 m 12.70 L==40.1O ~ 2 ~ A~ == 39.70m.
Total 26:10 ..
cu m
4. Damp proof course
2.5 ern c.c,
... :
1 39.70 m 040 m - 15.88 L==40.1O - 2 x .4~ == 39.70m
Deduct door sill 2 1.20 m .40 m - 0.96 I
'.' .. .. -. .' - -.; ;
Net 14.92
..... . .. CI,J m .. ..
5. I I stc1ass brick-work I' I .'
i in lime mortar in j I I
! superstructure ... iI
I Deduct door.
I 39.80 ml .30 rn 4.20 m 50.15 L==40.10 ., 2 x .3~ = 39.80m
I I
I I
window, shelve I
I
openings and !
lintels I
1 I
Ii
Same as per detail in . I
----------~---- ....
ESTIMATING AND C O S T I N G : I
:l
.~
Example S(b).-Estimate by centre line method the quantities of the following items of a j
.\ residential building,.Fig. 2-7 of Example 5a (page.38). '.~
. -_ _ _ .. - ,,- -----------,-.-.----..-- -_ __ ---__ . ' ~~i
.. ~ (1) Earthwork in excavation in-foundation, (2fLlme concrete-lnfounClarion, (3rptrsrctass----~
brickwork in 1: 6 cement sand mortar in foundation and plinth, (4) Damp proof course and (5) F i r s t '
class brickwork in lime mortar in superstructure.
Total centre length of all 30 em walls (same type) of main rooms
= l'otal centre length of walls ofdrawing and left side bed room + Total centre length of walls of
bed rooms right side
. = (2 x c. to c. length of long wall + 3 x c. to c. length of short wall)
+ (2 x c. to c. length of long wail + 2 x-c. to c. "length of short wall)
'. Number of junctions for these walls is 6 marked 'x' in the plan Fig. 2-7, page' 38 and all these
junctions are with main walls of 30 em.
Total centre length of all 20 em walls (same type) offront verandah, back verandah and bath
room
"
(c. toc. length of front wall + c~ to c. length of side wall) '+- (c. to c. length of back verandah
"
=
long 'wall including bath + 2x C. to-c~"lngih of cross walls of bath room)
;:: (9.65 + 2.25) + (9.65 +2 x. 2.75) = 11.90 + 15.15 = 27.05 m. .
~ : r
Number of junctions of these wall is Sis mm-ked'+' and one is.marked '-' in the plan Fig. 2-7,
page 38.. . . '
I '. . :".,' .' ", ', ' . . ..
Fiye junetionsare with main walls of 30 em and one junction with similar wall of 20 ern,
, .
The estimate of the different items by centre line method is as follows -."
i
\ 1\ '
.~ .
"~
I. Earthwork in exca
vation in
foundation
Wall of main room
'(six junctions) \ ... 63~20m .90 m 1.00 m .. 56.88 L=65.90 - 6x~Q= 63.20m
Walls of verandahs
foundation
Walls of main
rooms ...
63.29 m .90 m .30m 17,.06 L same as above.
Walls of verandah
and bath
25.50 m ~60 m .20 m 3.06 'L = 27.05 - 5 x .~O _ I x .~O
= 25.50 m
(Minus half breadth per
Total 20.12 junction at the same level)
cu m
3. Ist class brick-work
in foundation and
-plinth in I : 6
cement mortar
Walls of main
rooms
1st footing ... .I 64.10 m ',,60 m .20m 7.69 L==65.90 - 6 x .~O = 64. 10m
2nd footing
64.40 m .50 m .20m 6.44 L= 65.90 ~ 6 x .~0=64.4Om
Plinth wall above
footing
Deduct door
Total 28.67
( 2.75 - 'iO - .~O ) =7.30 m
sills .... Same as per /detail in
page 43 3.91 Details of deduction as us
Net Total 24.76
sq m
5. 1st class brick-work
in superstructure in I
lime mortar-
Walls of main
rooms
... I 65.OQ m .30m 4.oom 78.00 L=65.90 - 6 x 'i O
= 65.00m
Walls of verandah
and bath (as solid) I 26.20 m .20m 3.05 m 15.98 L=27.05 - 5 x .30 _ I x .20
.. .. =26.20 m 2 2
..
. Total' . 93.98
. .Deduct openings.. . .
...
and lintels ." Same as per idetail in' Details of deduction as.'
pages 44-45 27.40 usual. .'
v
Method I, 'Long wall and Short well" method as explained in pages 29 to 45 is generally
Followed in the Engineering Department. The measurement otthe work done. is taken separately
for each waJ! for preparing bill for payment and the qusntityIor each wall as per measurement may
. be compared with the estimated quantity.
II'!
II - -
ARCH MASONRY CALCULAT!ON
The quantities of masonry work in arch iscalculated by multiplying the mean length of arch by
. . .. . .
2 Sin 40 2 .6428
s = span, -r = radius,
1 I
\
2 211' rm 6
\
\
.I I
1m = X 211' rm:=;- 11' 1Jn. Irr.can be found.
6 3
= 1m X b X t
Fig. 2-11
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Illustration II. -- Calculate the quantity of brickwork in a 60 'arch over a door of 1.20 m
width. The arch is 20 em thick and the thickness of the wall is 30 cm.
- ------ - ---------- --- - - - - - - --- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- -------
r = 1.20 m, rm=r+ .,', =(1.20+ .20 ) = 1.30 m
2 2
I . 22
1m = _IT rm =. _1 x _x 1.30 = 1.36 m
3 3 7
" h . 2
. 2
'
b =J a2 + h 2
Note. - After finding radius r, thc tutgle dsubtended at the centre may also be determined as
in Case I above in Pagc'53 and then 1m may be found. '.' .
....,...
ARCH MASONRY CALCULATION
2 2
.. t .30
.. rm ::: r+_::: 1.46 +_= 1.61 m
2 2
8b- 2a
\ ::: 3~' b = .J-a2 + h2 ::: .J 1.12 + .52 ::: 1.21 m
:. 1= (8 x 1.21) - (2 x 1.10)::: 2.49 m
3
Mean length i, = 1x ~::: 2.49 X ~= 2.75 m
r 1.46
Mean Radius
,
=r+ _
fm
222
",.
,t __
_ +
22
s
s t
Mea length-of arch l'i1 = rr r m = _ X ( _ + _)
7 2 2
t
I
f
Fig. 2-14
Quantity of arch masonry ~ ,;: 1m X b X t.
Illustration IV. - Calculate the q uanrityof brickwork in a semi-circular arch of 2.00 m span,
thickness of the arch is 30 em and the breadth of the wall is 40 cm. I
II
' .. f 2.00 . I
R a d lUS 0 arch r = _ = 1.00 m I
i
di
M ean R a IUS rm = r + _=.00t '1 .30
+_= 1.15 m
"2 2
22 . .
1
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Ca~e'V. Flat Arches. - May be used over doorsand windows for small spans, but a small
camber should
I
be given.
.
tJ .
Mean length of arch 1m =.s + .
2
Fig. 2-15 ,
I
I
Illustration V. - Calculate the quantity of arch workin a Hat arch over a door of 1.20 m
width. The thickness of arch is 30 ern and the breadth of wall is 30 em.
t
s = 1.20 m, tl = = 1.15 t = 1.15 X .30 = .345 m .,
sin 60
} .
. tl .345
2 2
Ra d'IUS, r = _s x _._
1
2 .Sin 8
2
where s = span =. 5.00 rn, 8 = angle subtended at the centre = 120
500" . 'I . 1 ' " .. .,.,.
2 sin 60 .866
= 2.886 + .. 50 = 3.136 m
I
2
1 () () . 22 120. .
,~
ESTIMATING OF STEPS'
Quantity of arch masonry = Length of arch x 1m X t = 8.00 X 6.57 X .50 = 26.28 cum
'.. -----
-~='
1m rm
=,
Arclength of intrados, I
-\==-\"..; 'x '.' .t_ =657-x-Z.~~-6-=-6~5m;
rm 3.136
Area of soffit plastering =Arc length of intrados x length of arch = 6.05 x 8.00 :::: 48.40 sq m.
Note. ---'- For building work the mean length of the arch may be found from the drawing by
measuring with divider or thread, and then the quantltycalculated; But for big arches, as culverts,
the correct mean length should be found by theoretical calculations. The estimate of a building
having vsrioustypes of arches has been given in Chapter 4.
ESTIMATiNG OF STEPS
Problem - Estimating the quantities of Earthwork, Concrete, Brickwork and Finishing
work of different types of steps from given drawings.
Steps are usually constructed when the construction ofthe building has progressed sufficiently 'I
and the earth work in foundation for step needs excavation afresh. The earthwork in excavation for
step is usually neglected. 111
""
c Plinth Level
JiJ-~l}
15cm
ELEVATION
~
.
A
;,.
Verandah -- ..
3
2 90cm
1
qcJ_Cm-- -
~
1
1~3C m ----,.-04 .
L
~ m . Treads-30 em
Risers - 15 em DETAILED VIEW
PlAN
Fig. 2-16
Surface in steps 20 mm plastered with I : 3 cement sand mortar finished neat cement
rendering.
Items No.. L B. Ht. or D. Qty.
m m m
I. Earthwork in excavation 1 1.90 .95 .15 '.27 cu m
2. Concrete in foundation I 1.90 .95 .10 .18 cu m
3. Brickwork - lst step'
2nd step
I 1.80
I 1.80
.90
.60
.20
.15
.324}
.162
3rd step I 1.80 .30 .15 .081
----
Total ... 0.567 cum
ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Total 4.41 sq m
4 - . '.
3.00m
....- .. ELEVATION
-:......----"-\,o----------,
i
-- _~5 ~!!!.__ ..... _. _.... _... ~: =~2.5 em . Deta;;;;Nosing HoSIng. J
.......
Of 3.00m ~
I
I Treads - 27.5 em including 2.5 em Nosing
\iiI Risers 18 em .
PLAN Fig. 2-17
Surface of steps is provided with 2.5 em c.c, I : II./.. : 3 finished with. neat cement.
ESTIMATINGpF STEPS:
5. 2.5 cm Nosing -
1st step front and sides. 5.00 5.00
2nd step front and sides . 4.00 4.00
3rd step front and-sides 3.00 3.00
4th step front and sides 2.00 2.00
Total ... 14.00 r rn
.ABSTRACT OF QUANTITIES
ELEVATION
Verandah
A
A
2.50 m
I
I 3
\. "
90 em
,J. " ' 30 em
1+----
I' 2.50 m
2
Treads - 30 em
1
~
1
PLAN Risers - 15 em Fig. 2-18
m m ill
I. Earthwork in excavations
Front 2.70 1.00 .20 .54 L = 2.50 + .10 + .10
= 2.70 m ,.
~
! -,
Side I' 1.70 1.00 .20 .34 L = 2.50 - .90 + .10
= 1.70 m
I -,
,Total... , .88 cu m
-: .....
2. Conerete'lilloundatiOn'-'"
'---' Front 2.70 1.00 .15 .405 ' Length same as
Side 1.70 1.00 .15 .255 above
Total ... '.66 ell m 1!
1
'-.-'
3. Brickwork
1st step - Front 1 2.50 .90 .20 .450
Side 1 ,1.60 .90 .15 .216 L = 2.50 - .90 = 1.60 m
2nd step - Front I 2.20 .60 .15 .198 L = 2.50 - .30 =2.20 m
Side' 1 1.60 .60 .15 .144 L = 2,20 - .60 = 1.60 m
3rd step - Front. 1 1.90 .30 .15 .086 L = 2.50 - .60 = 1.90 m
, 'Side I 1.60 .30 .15 .072 L = 1.90 - .30 = 1.60 m
Total. .. 1.166 cum
'~
....
. .
ESTfMATING QF STEPS
4. 2P mm cement plastering .
1st step - Tread, front and side I 4.70 .3p 1.41 L = ~.50 + 2.20
Riser, front and side I 5.00 ~ .15 .75 == 4.70 m
. "'~(rsiep=-' Tread~ ftoilCand-stde::; -t -..4;tO.....;JO----.~-----1.2_3--_b-~._10~--I_.90-.~---.----- _ ..... ---- ..
Riser, front and side... I 4.40' .15.66 k 4.10 m .
3rd step - Tread, front and side ... I 3.50 .30 1.05 L = t.90 + 1.60
. Riser, front and side . I 3.80 .15:57 ~ 3.50 m
Plinth- Riser, front and side 1 3.20 - .15 ~48
Total... 6.15 sq m
ABSTRACT OF QUANTITIES
. . .
75cm
__.t.
. -+I. r.- 30 em Tread
11 ~ 15cm Rise
GL
. -,.;.~:~~ ~ ic~cm
.
ELEVATION
SECTION ON AS
Verandah;'
K--1.50 m----tl
Treads - 3hem
Risers 15 em.
PLA.N
Fig. 2-19
Quantity of Earthwork, Concrete and Brickwork may be calculated by finding the area of the
respective segment and multiplying the area by the height or depth. .
. I
-,
---For siirfacearea.thearea offreaa--may-6e caICUHlleabyfinOing-:-rne mean lengtnofeacnlfeaa--"
)
(mean arc length) 'and multiplying by the breadth. The area of riser may be calculated by finding the
outer length of each step (outer arc length) and multiplying by the height.
"
'J,
.
.~
, Figure 2-20 represents inverted position of 4th and 3rd step showing notations for easy
II i understanding.
Radius of steps-R
h 52
Radius of segment is given by R =- +- where s = span or chord length, and
2 8h
, .' 2. 8 x .5 .;
",
.j
" . ./
---- i
Straight length of 3-rd step = 2 .JR3 2 - (R 3 - .8)2 = 2 Vl.112 :... (I. I I - .8)2 = 2.13 m '.1
" ." '1
I
Straight length of
.
2nd step = 2 v'R2 2 - (R2 - 1.1)2
'.
=2
:
v' 1.4 J2 -' (1.41 -
.. .
1.1)2 = 2.75
.
m j
Straight length of lststep ={JR t2 - (Ri - 1.4)2 ~-2~!I.7J2..,. (1.71 - 1.4)2 = 3.36 m
./' .
.1' ".
2nd. step-h= .8+.3= 1.10 m, lst step"':""h = 1.1 + .3 = lAO m,
. fS . 2 sh + h 2 .
............
Area 0 egment =:'"1 2s where s = straight length (span)
'-~:
h = perpendicular length (rise).
. .(
Curved length of step (arc length)
. . . 8~2a' . ..... " - -
Curved length = " where a = half straight length, b =J
a 2 + h 2 (See Fig. 2-20)
, d Iengt hi 4
Curve = 8 x .9 - 23.x;.75
.
.., 90 .m .
=. . .,
."
------:Wa-Slel'-=a .=2. ~ 3.= 4;06--5;-h .=: :::8,.b u __ --;;:.JI~0(l5?:.-+--.8~,_==- L.3.1.m. _.' __. .__...__ ~. ._. __ __ .
2 x 3.56
} ,x .10 .403 cu m
3. Bricks in step -
I {(~/J x 3.36 x 1.4) +
3
14 x .20 .708
Ist step }
i x 3.36
1.13
2nd step I{ r--.l x 2.75 x,l.I) + x .15 .338
2 x 2.75 }
3
3rd step ,I {-(1 j : x 2.13 x .8)
1 + 8
2 x 2.13
} x .15 .188
2 x 1.5
4. 20 mm cement plaster I : .3 - Total 1.315 cu m
hi step 'Tread I 4.7'. + ~ 78 x '.30 1.27
-
2
Riser 4.71 .15 .71
Riser 3.78
- .15 .57
.5.1 ) .54
CHAPTER 3
SPECIFICATIONS
! .
~ -~---"---------
-----~
Specificatio~specifies or describes the nature and the class of the work, materials to beused in
the work, workmanship, etc., and is very important for the execution of the work. The cost of a
work depends much on the specifications. Specifications should be clear, and there should not be
any ambiguity anywhere. From the study of the specifications one can easily understand the nature
of the work and what the work shall be. The drawings of a building or structure show the
arrangement of the rooins and various parts, and the dimensions-length, breadth and height, with
very btief descriptions of different parts. Drawings do not furnish the details of different items of
work, the quantity of materials, proportion of mortar and workmanship which ary described in
specifications. Thus the combinations of drawings and specifications defiriecoinpletely the
structure. Drawings and specifications form important parts of contract document.
D,uring writing specification attempts should be made to express all the requirements of the
work Clearly and in a concise form avoiding repetition. As far as possible, the clauses of the
specification should be arranged in the same order in wh1ch the work will be carried out. The
specifications are written in a language so that they indicate what the work should be, and words
"shall be" Or "should be" are used. .
Specifications depend onthe nature of the work, the purpose for Which the work is required,
strength of the materials, availability of materials, quality of materials, etc. .
Specifications are of two types :
(I) General specification or Brief specification, and (2) Detailed specification.
. . '," . :.: .',
\ . ." General or brief specification-General specification.gives the nature and class of the work
and' materials in general terms, to be used in the various parts of the work, from.the foundation to
... ".
the superstructure. It is a short description of different parts of the work specifyingmaterials,
proportions, qualities, etc. General specifications give general idea-of the whole work or structure
and are useful for prep-aring the estimate; ,' .' ..' ,"" ,", , '
For general idea, ,the general specifications of different classof buildings aregiven below.
\ ....
These' will of course vary according to the necessity and type of-works. , , ' '. . , -- ,"
Flcoring-c-Drawing roomand dining room floors shall be of mosaic (terrazo). Bathroom and
W.e. floors and dado shall be of mosaic (terrazo). Floors of bedrooms shall be coloured and
polished of 2. 5 ern (I ") cement concrete over 7.5 ern (3") lime concrete. Floors of others shall be of
ESTIMATING AND: COSTING
'." '
"
2.5 em (l") cement concrete over 7.5 cm' (3") lime concrete polished.
Finishing-Inside and outside walls shall be ~f 12 mm (Yl',)'cement li~e.plaste~ed I :1 : 6.
coats. Outside shall be coloured snowcem washed two coats over one coat of white wash ..
Doors and wi~dows-Chaukhatsshall be seasoned teakwood'. Shutters s?a:llbe ~eak w~Q.d 4.3
om (lW') thick panelled glazed or partly panelled and partly glazed as required ',with addlt~onal
wire gauge shutters. All fittings shall be of brass. Doors an~ w.indow~ shall be varnished o.r pamt.ed
two coats with high class enamel paint over one coat of pnrmng, Windows shall be provided with
. Miscellaneous-Rain water pipes of cast iron or of. asbestos cement shall be provided and ".;" ,
. finished painted. Building shall be provided with lst class Sanitary and Water fittings and Electrical '. ".~
installations'. 1 metre wide 7.5 cm thick C.C, I : 3 : 6 apron shall be provided all round ~:,e building.
.: ...
SPECIFICATIONS
'Roofing- Roof shall be of mud over tiles or bricks or planks over wooden beams or of tile or
G.!. sheet or A.C. sheet sloping roof.
___ ____ ____F-loor~ng--Fl{)or--sllall--be-e-f-br-iek:-(}n-edge-ftoolover-wel}-raltlmed earth.
,- ..."
Finishing-Inside and outside walls shall be plastered with lime ....iortar and white washed
three coats.
Doors and windows-Chaukhat shall be of salwood, and shutters of chir mango or other
country wood. Doors and windows shall be paintedtwo coats with ordinary paint over one coat of
priming.
IV. GENERAL SPECIFlCATIONS OF A FOURTH CLASS BUILDINCj
Foundation and superstructure-Foundation and superstructure shall be of sun-dried or
kutcha bricks in mud mortar. Door and window openings shall be provided with arches of 2nd class
brickwork in lime mortar or with wooden planks. Inside and outside shall be water proof mud
plastered.
v, /
Roofing- Roof shall be of tile roof over bamboo and wooden supports.'
" ../
Flooring-Floor shall be kutcha or earthen floor finished with "gobri" washing (cowdung
r"
v. ,/
:.
lepping). .
. .
" .;
Doors and windows-Doors and windows shall be of chir or mango wood, or country wood.
" .." (See also Specifications' of Village House, Chapter 19).:'
DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS v v
Every engineering department prepares the detailed speciilcetions of the various items of
worl:s, and get them printed in book form under the name 'DetsiledSpeciticetions; When the
work. or a structure or project is taken up, instead of writing detailed specification every-time, the
primed Detailed Specifications are referred. . ..
The detailed'speclflcations of various items of works are as.follows :
1. Earthwork in excavation in foundation-
E.xcavation-Foundation trenches sh~ll be dug out to the exact width offoundation concrete
and the sides shall be vertical. If the soil is not good and does not permit vertical sides, the sides
should be sloped back or protected with timber shoring. Excavatedearth shall not be placed within
\;,1'" . l m (3') of the edge of the trench.
Finish of trench-The' bo'ttom of foundation trenches shall be perfectly levelled both
longitudinally and t,'ansversely and the sides of the trench shall bedressed prefectly vertical from
.~,
I
i./ . ..~
'""-----
566 ESt l MATING .AND COS1!:ING
I, .
bottom up tothe least thickness oflo~se concrete ~o that concr~te may be lai9 to.th~ ex~ctwidth a per
design. The bed of the trench shall betightly watered and well rammed. Excess dl~mg Ifdone thr]6sugh
mistake shall be filled with concrete at the expense bfthe contractor. Soft or defective spots shall b~ dug --
........ -'oiit alia -Fem(jVed-'ri:UeQ--with-~orfcret~-orwith-stabilized-soil;-lf-rocks-or-bcimlders-are--found--dtlrmg- --.~
excavation, these should be removed and the bed of the trenches shall be levelled and made hard by
consolidating the earth. Foundation Goncreteshall pot be laid before the inspection and approval of the
trench by the engineer-in-charge. , '
Finds-Any treasure and valuables or materials found during the excavation, shall be property of
"::.;.
the Government.
Water in foundation-Water, if any accumulates in the trench, should be bailed or pumped out
without any extra payment and necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent surface water to enter
Trench filling-After the concrete has been laid masonry has been constructed the remaining
portion of the trenches shall be filled up with earth in layers of 15 ern (6") and watered and well rammed.
The earth filling shall be free from rubbish and refuse matters and all clods shall be broken before filling.
Surplus earth not required, shall be removed and disposed, and site shall be levelled and dressed.
Measurement--The measurement of the excavation shall be taken in cu m (cu ft) as for rectangular
trench bottom width of concrete multiplied by the vertical depth of foundation from ground level and
multiplied. by the length oftrenches even though the contractor might have excavated with sloping side
for his convenience. Rate shall be for complete work for 30 m (l00 ft) lead and 1.50 m (5') lift, including
all tools and plants required for the completion of the works. For every extra lead of 30 m and every
extra lift of 1.5 m separate extra rate is provided.
Excavation in saturated sell-s-Excavation in saturated soil or below sub-soil water level shall be
taken under a separate item and shall be carried out in the same manner as.above. Pumping or bailing
out of water and removal of slush shall be included in the item. Timbering of the sides of trenches if
and foreign matters. Surkhi shall be made of well burnt bricks or brick bats (not overburnt) and shall
pass through a sieve of 2.5 meshes per sq cm. (144 meshes per sq in). Surkhi is preferable for better
concrete.
Lime shall be white fat lime (unless otherwise specified) and shall be freshly burnt and free from
ashes and other foreign matters. Lime shall be slacked at site of work and screened through a sieve or 3
Cinder) and 0.16 cu m of white lime ii, .ue proportion of 100 : 32 : .16 by volume.
.:'
~.
oj
SPECIFICATIONS -567
J
(;~.
h.... .....
,
Mixing-Mixing shall be done on a clean watertight, masonry platform of sufficient size. Brick
ballast shall be stacked in a rectangular layer of uniform thickness usually30 em (l2") mgh and weD
~l" soaked with clean water for a period of at least three hours.
~
":;"'''\
orsino
. . ....... .Li~ean(fS\.irkhl( or Cifider)snalf5e measuredWith-wooden-box-in-the-propornen-l+2-and-..,
t( mixed thoroughly dry to have uniformcolour. The dry mix of limeand surkhi (or sand or cinder)shall
be spread over the stacked ballast to the required thickness to give the specified proportion. The
..1 materials shall then be mixed dry turning at least three times. Clean water shall then be added slowly
:. f and gradually by water-can to the required quantity while mixingand the materials mixed thoroughly
by turning at least three timesso that wholesurface ofeach ballastgets coated withmortar and the mix:
J becomes plastic of uniform colour of workableconsistency and should besuch that the ballastdo not
.J separate from the mortar. Concrete shall be mixed only for day's work, old and staleconcreteshall not
be used. For big work the mixingshall be done by machine.In this case aggregate and wetmortar shall
& be poured in the drum, while it is revolving. The water shall be added slowly to the required quantity
I
and the mixing shall be continued for at least one minute, till a mix of uniform colour and workable
.. t consistency is obtained and should be such that the ballast do not.separate from the mortar.
.)
Iii I Laying and compacting-Bed' of foundation trench shall be lightly sprinkled with water before
.) concrete is laid. Concrete shall be laid slowly and gently(not thrown) in layers of not morethan 20em
(8") and thoroughly consolidated to 15 em (6/1) with 6 kg (12 lbs) iron ranuners. During consolidation
~y c~:mcrete should be kept free from earth, dirt, leaves and other foreign matters. The consolidationshall
') b~ checked by water test, by digginga hole of about 7.5 em dia. and 7.5 em deep in the concrete and
filling water. The water level should not sink. more.than 1.25 em in 15 minutes if concrete has been
:~ -t well-eonsolidated.
::.(
fointand consecutive Jayers-Whenjoint in a layer of concreteare unavoidable,the end shall be
sloped at an angle. of :JOe-and junctions of different layers shall break joint. In laying upper layer of
concrete, the lower.surfaceshall be made rough and clean~ and watered before upper layer is laid. ~ ,..
Ciiring-Concrete after completionshallbe kept wetfor a period of at least7'daYs and no masonry
shall be constructed upon it during this period. The curing shall be done by spreading gunny bags or
;8:1 sand or keeping them wet by water-can at regular interval. '." ..,. .
f;{( Measurement~M'easurement shall be takenin eu m (cuft) forthe firikhc<l concrete, The length
:;;'~1'
. and breadth shall be measured correct to 1 em and depth correct to'O.5 cm?The"rateshall be" for the
~,'. complete work includingthe cost-ofform work if required, and" aU tools.and plants.
~El
, . Note-s- Ifkenksr lime is used n.35 cu m ofkankar lime shall be used with 1 cu m ballast (35'cu m
ksnksr lime with "100 cu m ba1Iast)l;U1d no surthi or sandorcintki- Sb81J bi84ded. '. "
I '?\
When brick ballast is net evsllsblc, in hill sress, stone, Nll.. 4Q mm (1 ~., gauge. sandend white
~:l
lime may be used in the same proportion as above. .' . ' .. - .... '.' ...'" ...... ; ....
;r. . .
" .J
-r :....
',-../
I
Lime shall be white fat lime and. shall be freshly burnt and free from ashes and other foreign
matters. Lime shall be slaked at site of work and screened through a sieve of 3 meshes to a ern (8 meshes
to an inch).
-'-"--Pfoi'-ortfon~oifcfeiesnall cOnSTSfofTcum-bnck-Danasi~"O:::r6cu m"o{surkhi and O:rS
cu m whIte
lime (proportion 1.00 : 36 : 18 by volume).
Mixing-Mixing shall be similar to lime concrete in foundation (item 2).
",: :.
Laying und consolidation-Surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water and then concrete shall be
laid slowly and gently (not thrown) in layers'so as to have the required slope and specified thickness a.t:ter
compaction. The concrete shall then be lightly rammed with 6 kg (12 lbs) rammers and during
preliminary ramming the surface shall then be perfectly levelled by means of trowel, straight edge and
spirit level. The concrete shall then be kept further consolidated by two rows of labourers sitting close
and beating the concrete with wooden 'thapis' and moving forward and backward covering the w~ole
surface. The beating shall continue for at least seven days until the concrete is thoroughly compacted
and until the 'thapis' rebound from the surface when struck on the concrete. Special care shall be taken
to consolidate the concrete properly at the junction with the parapet wall and the junctions shall be
rounded. .
When beating is in progress, the surface of the concrete shall be frequently sprinkled with a mixture
of lime molasses and boiled solution of 'bael' fruit for water proofing. Bael fruit solution shall be
prep~red by boiling 2 kg of bae~ fruit in IO?to 13~.litres of wate~ and to this solution after cooling 3'1 kg
Finishing-As soon as beating has been completed the mortar that has come to top shall be
softened by the addition of lime, 'molasses' and 'bael fruit' solution and smoothened by rubbing and
pressing with atrowel or float to a fine polish. No plaster shall be usedon any account for finishing the
surface. The finished surface shall have a minimum slope of I in 50 and maximum slope of I in 36
towards the rainwater outlet. For every 40 sq m of roof area, 100 Ill;IIldiameter rainwater pipe-shall be
.Cuting- The concrete shall be-kept wet for a fortnight. The wetting should be done by covering
with straw or sand arid watering frequently by water-can or dividing into squares by mud kiaries which
,
Measurement-The measurement shall be taken for the finished work of superficial area in sq m
(sq ft) stating the average thickness. The average thickness shall be measured correct to 6 mm and length
and breadth shall be measured correct to 1 em, No deduction in measurement shall be made for opening
up to 0.4 sq m and extra payment shall not be made for extra material or labour involved in forming
r~c~ openiag, Fcropenlngcxccediag O.~'S-l ill deductions will-he made in the measurement but extra
payment shall not be made for material and labour involved in forming such opening. Rate shall be for
the finished work including au tools and plant.
Ie f '
\..
Instead ofBsel fruit the solution of Terminalia Cbebuls (ksduksi) may be used, as used in South
",
India. Dry nuts ofkadukaishall be broken to smallpieces, and allowed to soak in water. The solution be
prepared to have a proportion of600 g ofkeduksi, 200 g ofmolasses and 40 litres ofwater for 100 sq m
area ofroofconcrete. The solution is brewed for 12 to 24 hours, and the resulting liquoris decanted and
used for the work.
Note-(i) U kankar lime is used, 0.45 cu m of kankar lime shaJ/ be mixed with 1 cu m brick
ballast (proportion 45 :' 1(0).
(ii) Ifstone ballast is used the proportion shaJ/ be 1 cu m ofstone ballast of25 mm gauge,
0.5 Ci.J m of sand and 0.25 cu m of white lime (proportion 1 : 2 : 4).
. ,....
~~.-z'''''
\ .. ~.
SPECIFICATIONS' 569
(iii) The finished thickness oflime concrete in roofterracing may be 7.5 czn to /2 cm
(3" to 4M'').
~. . Jiyl Th~~'!J!!!..'!.t:.finishingmay be taken insq m under il separate item..
. . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . -- --------- - - - - - - - - -
4. Cement concrete 1: 1 ': 4- --- --
~ ,
Materials-Aggregate shall be of invert materials and should be clean, dense, hard, sound,
Coarse aggregate shall be of hard broken stone of granite or similar stone, free from dust, dirt
and other foreign matters.The stone ballast shall be of20 mm (%") size and down and all should be
retained in a 5 mm square mesh (~" square) and well graded such that the voids do not exceed 4:'.
per cent. (The gauge of the stone ballast shall be as specified depending on the thickness of concrete i
and nature of work. For building work 20 mm gauge and for road work and mass work 40.1060 mm
\ ...~
Fine aggregate shall be of coarse sand consisting of hard, sharp and angular grains and shall
pass through screen of 5 mm (3/16") square mesh. Sand shallbe of standard specifications clean
and free from dust, dirt, and organic matters. Sea sand shall not be used. (Fine aggregate may also
Cement shall be fresh portland cement of standard I.S.1. specifications, and shall have the
Water shall be clean and free. from alkaline and acid matters and
. ' . suitable
. ......
for drinking
purposes.
,-' Proportion--Tee pr.oportion of concrete shall be 1 : 2 : 4 as cement: s~nd : stone: ballast by
Stone aggregate and sand' shall be measured by volume with- boxes.-Cement need not be .
measured by box, one 'bag of cement (50 'kg) should be considered as 1J30 cum (1 ~2 cu ft). Size of - ....
measuredbox may be 30 em x 30 em x 38 cm or 35 cm x 35 em x 28 cmequivalent.toconrent of one
bag of cement. All materials shall be dry. If damp sand is used compensation shall be made by
adding additional sand to the extent required for the bulking of damp'sarid, ~Mixing shall be of
r' machine mixing. For small work hand mixing by' batches may be' allowed.' :',' :-,
. Hand mixing-Mi~ing: shall be done in masonry platform 'Or she~nr6rt:-tr/y. For concrete of
1 : 2 : 4 proportion, first two boxes of sand and one bag of cement sn3Il be'mixed dry thorougaly
and then this dry mix of cement and sand-shall be placed over a stack of4 boxes of stone aggregate
r'
and the whole mixed dry turning atlcasr three times ts -h::t,vel,~o.ifor~m,i?c:'Water shall then be
........ ",
added slowly and gradually with a water-can while being mixed to the required quantity 25 to 30
litres (S to 6 gallons) per bag of cement. to give a plastic mix.of the required workabilityand water
cement ratio. The whole shall be mixed thoroughly turning atleast three times to give a uniform
concrete.:
'. Machine mixing-Stone ballast sand and cement shall be put into the cement concrete mixer
, , to have the required proportion. For concrete of I : 2: 4 proportion first four box~s ofstone ,?all~t,.
..... ~
. then two boxes of sand and then one bag of cement shall be put into the C.C. Mlx~r, t.he mac~lOe
shall then be revolved to mix materials dry and then water shall be added g.radually to the requlr~d
q~antity. 2S to 30 litres (5 to 6 gallons) per bag of cement to have.the reqUired.water cemen~ ratio:
The mixing should be thorough to have a plastic mix of uniform colour. It requires 1 ~ to 2 mmutes
rotation for. thorough mixing. Mixed concrete shall be unloaded .on a masonry platform or on a
sheet iron.OutpcJt of concrete mixer is 15to 20 mix per hour. v .
',-,'
~70 ESTIMATING' AND COSTING ... ~:.: L ~
Slump-':"Regular slump test should be carried out to control the addition of water and to
maintain the required consistency. A slump of 7.5 ern to 10 em (3" to 4") may be allowed for
building work,
............ _._. -- _- "-_.--" .. _-'
" ,
cm ..to_ 3 em
and_..4----_._ (l W' to 2") may be allowed for.._-_
_.-----.:..-:---_._ _. __
._-~---------._.--_
road work,
.._-------------- __
-~.- -----
_
Formwork-Formwork centering and shuttering shall be provided as required, as per
standard specifications before laying concrete to confine to support or to ~e~p the ~oncrete in
position. The inner surface of shuttering shaH be oiled to prevent concrete sticking to It. The ba~e
and forrnwork over which concrete to be laid shallbe watered by sprinkling water before concrete IS
laid. Forms should not be removed before 14 days in general, side forms may however be removed
after 3 days of concreting. Forrnworks shall be removed slowly and carefully without dlsturbing
. Laying-Concrete shall be laid gently (not thrown) in layers not exceeding 15 ern (6") and
compacted by pinning with rods and tamping with wooden tampers or with mechanical vibrating
machine until a dense concrete is obtained. (For important work mechanical vibrating should be
used, for thick or mass concrete immersion type vibrators and for thin concrete surface vibrators
should beused for compacting concrete). Over-vibration which will separate coarse aggregate from
concrete should be avoided. After removal of the form-work in due time the concrete surface shall
Concrete shall be laid continuously, iflay.ing is suspended for rest odor the following day fhe
end shall be sloped at an angle of 30 and made rough for further jointing. When the work is
resumed, the previous sloped portion shall be roughened, cleaned and watered and a grout of -neat
cement shall be applied and the fresh concrete shall be laid. For successive layer the"upper layer
Curing-After about two hours' laying when concrete has begun to harden, it shall be kept
damp by covering with wet gunny bags or wet sand for 24 hours, and then cured by flooding with
water making mud walls 7.5 em (3") high or by covering with wet sand or earth and kept damp
continuously for 15 days. If specified, curing may be done by covering concrete with special type of
and shall be free from corrosion, loose rust scales, oil, grease, paint, etc. The steel bar shall be round
and capable of being bent (doubled over) without fracture. Bars shall be hooked and bent
accurately and placed in position as per design and drawing and bound ~ogether tight with 20
S. W.G. annealed steel wire at their point ofintersection. Bars shall be bent cold by applying gradual
and even motion, bars of 40 rom (1 W') diameter and abovemay be bent by heating to dull red and
allowed to cool slowly without immersing in water or quenching. Joints in the bar should be
avoided as far as possible, when joints have to be made an overlap of 40 times diameter of the bar
shall be given with proper hooks at ends and joints should be staggered. Biggerdiameter bars :
should-be joined by weld ing and tested before placing in position. While concreting steel bars shall
SPECIFICATIONS 571
be given side and bottom covers of concrete by placing precast cover blocks underneath of 1 : 2
cement mortar 2.5 ern x 2.5 em (I" x l") in section and thickness of specified cover, 4 ern to 5 ern
I (I Y2"~0 2") f9r~_~a_I1Jnand.!,,~m,~?2_<:lTl_{~'-'--to *")J~ sla~J~uri~Kl~Yin&.-and__compacting.of__ .
-"1 concrete the reinforcing bars should not move from their positions and bars of the laid portions
-I
should not be disturbed.
J
Centering and shuttering-Centering and shuttering shall be made with timber or steel plate
I close and tight to prevent leakage or mortar, with necessary props, bracingsand wedges, suffi
ciently strong and stable and should not yield on laying concrete and made in such a way that they
can be slackened and removed gradually without disturbing the concrete. No plastering should be'
made on the concrete surface. A coat of oil washing should be applied over the shuttering or paper
should be spread to have a smooth and finished surface and to prevent adherence of concrete. For
slab and beam small camber should be given in centering, 1 ern per 2.5 m (Y2" per 10 ft) with a
maximum of 4 ern (l W'). Centering and shuttering should not be removed before 14 days in general
(4 days for R.C.C. columns, 10 days for roof slab, and 14 days for beams). The centering and
shuttering shall be removed slowly and carefully so that no pari is disturbed or damaged. (For
I details of centering and shuttering see item 29). .
I Proportion ofcement concret~-Cementconcrete shall be of I : 2; 4 proportion by volume for
I: I slabs, beams and lintels, and 1 : 1Y2 : 3 porportion for columns unless otherwise specified.
1,11
1
,
(
, Materials for con~rete-Cement, sand and coarse aggregate shall be same as for cement
1
concrete in item 4. the stone aggregate shall-usually be 20 mm to 6 mm (W' to W') gauge unless
otherwise specified. For heavily reinforced concrete members as in the case of ribs of main beams
. the maximum size of aggregate shouldusually be restricted to 5 mm less than the minimum clear
f distance between the. main bars or 5' mm less than the minimum cover to the reinforcement
,-
I
"
which-ever is .smaller.: Where the reinforcement is widely spaced, limitations of the size of the
':--{ aggregate may "not be,so important.
:>.'.
Mixing-Same as for cement concrete in item 4,
::J
~-'
._ Laying-Before laying the concrete, the shuttering shall be clean, free from dust, dirt and other
,. I~ foreign .matters. The concrete shall be deposited (not dropped) in its final position. In case of ..'.
Ll )
columns and walls it is desirable to place concrete in full height if practical so as to avoid'
construction joints but the progress of concreting in the vertical direction shall be restricted to one
, .. , 1 metre per hour. Care should be taken that the time between mixing and placingof concrete shall not
"f exceed 20 minutes so that the initial setting process.is not interfered with. During winters concreting
shall not be done if the temperature falls below 4C. Concrete shall-be protected by frost and
~)
,.--_! concrete affected by frost shall be removed and work redone.' ' "
)
/
,.
I
a
Concr~te shall be compacted by mechanical vibrating machine' until 'dense 'concrete is
, / obtained. The virbation shall continue duringthe entire period of placing concrete. Compaction
I shall be completed before the initial setting starts, i.e., within 30 minutes of addition of water t? the
I dry mixture. Over-vibration.which will separate coarse aggregate from concrete shall he a\'ol~ed,
After removal of the form work in due time the concrete surface shall be free from honey comb 109,
I '
)
air holes or any other defect.
, 'I Concrete shall be laid continuously, if laying is suspended for rest or the following day, the end
shall be sloped at an angle of 30 and made rough for future jointing. When the work IS resumed,
the 'previous sloped position shall be roughened, cleaned and watered and a,coat of neat ceme~t
-i sha~l be applied and the fresh concrete shall.be laid. For successive layer the upper layer shall be laid
1 before the lower layer has set.
I ' , "
. Structures exceeding 45 metres in 'length shall be divided b~ one o.~ more e:~pan,sl~n J01l11S.
'. Structures in which plan dimension changes abruptly shall be provided With expansron jomts at the
- ./
..:."
I
-. ;"
572 A:I
. ~.';~~
section where such changes occur. ~'einforcem~~t s~~ll not e~tend across ~n expansion joint at the
break between the sections shall be complete. i :
.' I
. ! ,
Mea,surement-Measurement shall be taken in cu m (cu ft) for the finished work and no
deduction shall be made for the volume of steel. Steel reinforcement shall be measured under a
separate item in'quintal (cwt). Plastering, if any, shall not be included in the measurement The rate
for R.C.C. work shall be for the complete work excluding steel but including centering and
N:
shuttering and all tools and plants.
! r.
Note-Student should repeat the specifications of materials, mixing, laying and curing in >."
short as described under cement concrete in item 4.
standard water proofing compound (l kg per bag of cement). .The damp proof course shall be
applied at the plinth level in a horizontal layer of 2.5 em thickness. The cement shall be fresh
portland cement of standard specifications. The sand shall be clean, coarse of ~ mm size and down,
and the stone aggregate shall be hard and tough of 20 mm size well graded and free from dust. and
dirt. (Composeal, pudlo, cico and other standard water proofing compound may be used, and the
'Mixing-Mixing shall be done in a masonry platform or in a sheet iron tray in the proportion
of 1 : 1~ : 3 by measuring with measuring boxes. The cement is first mixed thoroughly with the
water proofing compound to the required quantity, and then mixed dry with the sand in the
porportion of 1 : H~.-The mix: of cement and sand shall then be mixed dry with stone aggregate to
have the proportion 1 : 1~ : 3. Clean water shall then be added slowly and gradually while being
mixed, to the required quantity to give a plastic mix of the required workable consistejcy. The
mixing shall be done by turning at least three times to give a uniform and homogeneous concrete.
The top of walls at damp proof course should be laid with frogs of the brick downward. Side forms
or shuttering of strong wooden batten of2.5 ern thickness shall be fixed properly and firmly on both
sides to confine the concrete so that the shuttering does not.get disturbed during compaction and
mortar does not leak through. The inner edges of the shuttering shall be oiled to prevent concrete
adhering to it. The surface of the wall shall be cleaned and the masonry shall be wetted by watering
before concrete is laid. The concrete shall be laid within half an hour of mixing and compacted
thoroughly by tamping to make dense concrete and levelled.both longitudinally and transversely.
After two hours of laying the surface of concrete shall be made rough and chequered so as to form a
key with the wall above. The damp proof course shall be laid in continuation in one day without any
joints. Joints or breaks ifunavoidable shall be given at the sills of doors or openings. Ifjoints cannot
be avoided the joint shall be sloped and the sloped surface shall be applied with neat cement wash
-- just before starting concreting on the following day. Shuttering may be removed after three days. -r
.On removal of the shuttering the edges should become srnootn without any honey combing.
~.
SPEC! FICATIONS 573
Curing-The 'damp proof course shall be cured by watering and kept wet for 7 days, and the
construction of wall above may be started. The surface shall be cleaned and wetted before masonry
is started. . . .
~1 . -_.
I Painting with ~sphaJ.t-:- Two co~ts of asphalt painting may ~e applied on the upper surface of
.i " d~n,p proof course, if specified. The first coat of hot asphalt at 1.5 kg persq m (15% kg % sq ft) shall
be applied uniformly on the surface when the concrete is dry and the painted surface is blinded
immediately with coarse sand and the surface is tamped lightly. The second coat of hot asphalt at I
kg per sq m ( 10 kg % sq It) shou ld then be applied uniformly and the surface is immediately blinded
..
, with coarse sand and tamped lightly.
2 em Damp proof course.-The damp proof course may be of 2 em (:X''') thick layer of I : 2
cement and coarse sand mortar with standard water proofing compound at the rate of I kg per bag
of cement. The mixing, laying, curing, etc., shall be done in the same manner as above. The form or
shuttering shall be 2 em thick.
. ,
! 7. Brickwork I class
Bricks-All bricks shall be of first class of standard specifications made of good brick earth
thoroughly burnt, and shall be of deep cherry red or cO,pper colour. Bricks shall be regular in shape
and their edges should be sharp and shall emit clear ringing sound on being struck and s hall be free
from cracks, chips, flaws and lumps of any kind. Bricks shall not absorb water more than one-sixth
of 'their weight after one hour of soaking by immersing in water. Bricks shall have a minimum
crushing strength of 105 kg per sq em (1500 lbs per sq in). .
Mortar-Mortar shall be specified and materials of mortar shall be of standard specifications.
For cement mortar cement shall be fresh portland cement of standard.specifications. Sand
shall be sharp, clean and free from organic and foreign matters. For rich mortar coarse or medium
sand should be used and fOT weak mortar local fine sand may be used. Proportion of cement sand
mortar may be of (I : 3 to I : 6, as specified). Materials of mortar shallbe measured to have the
required proportion with measuring box and first mixed dry to have' a uniform colour in a clean
."'-' masonry platform and then mixed by adding clean water slowly and gradually to have workable
consistency and mixed thoroughly by turning at least three times. Fresh mixed mortar shall be
used, old and stale mortar shall not be used and mortar'for one hour's work only shall be mixed
with water so thatthe mortar may be used beforesetting starts.
Lime surkhi (or sand or cinder) mortar ~f specified shall be mixed in the specified proportion
by grinding in mortar mill for at least three hours on the same day of use. Lime shall be fresh and
.slaked.and screenedat sise ofwork ..-Freshroixed mortar within 24 hours shall be used, old and stale
r ' mortar should not be used. For small work hand mixing may be allowed in the same manner as for
.cement mortar described above. (Proportion of lime surkhi (or sand or cinder) mortar may be I: 2
to I : . 3 as specified.]
,..... .
Soaking of brick-Bricks shall be fully soaked in-clean wate.r by su?m~~ging i~ a t~nk for a
period of 12 hours immediately before use. Soaking shall be continued till air bubbhng IS ceased.
..... ;
Laying-Bricks shall be well bonded and laid in English bond unl~ss ?t?erwise specifi~d.
i Every course shall be truly horizontal and wall shall be truly in plumb. Vertical joints of consecutive
course shall not come directly over one ariother, vertical joints in alternate course shall come
directly over one another. No damaged o"r broken bricks shall be used, Closers shall be of clean cut
bricks and shall be placed ncar the ends of walls but not at the other ed~e: Sel~cted best s~aped
.~. -t
bricks shall be used for face work. Mortar joints shall not exceed 6 mm (~ ) in thl~kness and joints
shall be fully filled with mortar. Bricks shall belaid with frogsupwardexcept 'In the top course
. ~ . ,
where frogs shall be placed downward. Brickworkshall be carried out.not more than I m (j ft)
height at a time. When one part of the wall has to bedelayed, 'stepping shall ::::: lzft at an angle of
..__45_~. __.c_o..Ibelli~_Kgs_prgjections where made should not be more than Y4 brick projections in one
course. All joints should-be rakedand-facesof\fan-"cleanea ~nne end-(5f~e-ach-day's-work:"-"--"
Curing-The brickwork shall be kept wet for a period of at least 10 days after laying. At the
end of day's workthe tops of walls shallbe flooded with water by making small weak mortar edging
Protection-The brickwork shall be protected from the effect of sun, rain, frost, etc., during
the constructions and uptil such time iris green and likely to be damaged.
construction of brick wall. Scaffolding shall be sound and strong and supports and members
with different mortar shall be taken under separate items. The thickness of wall shall be taken as
multiple of half brick as half brick 1O.cm, 1 brick 20 em, I ~ brick 30 cm and so on. The rate shall be
for the complete work including scaffolding and all tools and plants.
Brickwork in arch-In addition-to the above type of arch-rough arch or axed or gauged arch
as the case may be, and the centering of the arch should be specified.
.J
.-,r
kankar lime or white lime and surkhi (or sand or cinder) of 1: 2 to 1 : 3 proportion. Mortar joints
shall not exceed 10 mm (% It) in thickness. Bricks shall be soaked in water for at least three hours
For III-class brickwork bricks shall be III class if otherwise not specified. Mortar shall be as
specified and mortar joints shall not exceed 12 min (%") in thickness. Bricks shall be dipped into a
earth of tenacious nature so that .it sticks ~nrf binds bricks. The earth should be soaked in water at
least one day before and then worked up with waterby labourer treading it, until it is perfectly tree .
from lumps and forms a thick plastic mix. Joints should notexceed (~") 12 mm thickness. Soaking'
of bricks is not required. The bond of brickwork shall be of English bond. Not more than60 ern (2')
height of brickwork shall be carried out at a time, and the walls must be truly in plumb and every
course shall be truly horizontal. Other details of laying, protection, scaffolding and measurement
-.
.....:i , .
SPECIFICATIONS 575
Centering and shuttering.-:rhe centering and shuttering shall be made with planking or
..r , sheeting of bamboos packed together at the required level supported on runners of beams and
, u, _G()Y~r~1t.FjiliJI.Jltinlayer of about 2.5 em thick o~earth fin~~h_ed off with a light sprinkle ofsand. The
centering shall be simple in construction so that it could be easily removed without disturbing fhe--'
structure. The planking shall be kept clear of the bearirigs for stab ann will rest on crossbeams only.
Planks shall not be laid too close as to tender them liable to jam. Cross beams shall be carried on the
wklls supported at intervals by ballies or temporary dry brick pillars. The top surface of centering
sHall be given a camber of2 mm for every 30 ern of span up to amaximum of3 mm for slabs and 1.5
mm for every 30 ern of span to maximum of 4 ern for lintels. .
Mixing ofmortar-Mortar of cement and sand shall be mixed thoroughly in the proportion of
I : 3, first by mixing dry and then adding water slowly and gradually and mixing by turning at least
three times to get uniform plastic mix of workable consistency, so that the mortar may be packed
round the reinforcement. Quantity of water shall not exceed 25 litres (6.5 gls) per bag of cement.
Mortar shall be mixed just before it is actually required and shall be used within 30 minutes. Stale
mortar shall never be used.
Laying-All bricks shall be thoroughly soaked with water for not less than' six hours
immediately before use. Bricks shall be laid with frogs downward over the centering in straight line
parallel to the direction of the reinforcement bars leaving the required gap for mortar joint. No
, vertical joint should come along the inner edge of the wall. The gap for mortar joint in which
\
reinforcement has to be placed shall not be less than four times the diameter of bar.so as to provide
'.
, ,
a cover of 12 mm (Y2") on all sides of the steel bars. Usually mortar joint shall be 32 mm to 40 mm
(1 Y4" .{;o 111"). Other joints where there will not be any bar, may be 6 mm to 10 mm (Y4" to 3/ 8")
thick. Reinforced brick slab shall have 'a bearing equal to their thickness with a minimum of 12 em.:
After the bricks have been laid and arranged over the whole area fresh mixed mortarshall be
placed into the gaps in between the bricks to a thickness of2.5 mm (1 Ii). Reinforcing rods previously
cut to the correct length and bent and hooked as per design shall beplaced exactly at the centre of
the joint and pressed down into the mortar to leave 12 mm (Y2") clear mortar below the bar. The
joints shall then be filled in completely with fresh mortar. Newly laid portion shall not be disturbed
\ ... ,...
/'
I
..........
or walked over. Each slab shall be laid in one operation. Care shall be taken thatthe reinforcement
at all points is completely surrounded on all sides by mortar.
.......-.
i Centering and shuttering shall be removed slowly and carefully 'without anyshock not earlier
r'
~h!' 10 ~:'.ys . After removal of the.centering if the work. is found defective and rods are exposed and
visible to sufficient extent the work shall be dismantled and reconstructed. In such a case no extra
payment shall be made for reconstruction. If rods are exposed at few places orily, they should be
covered with rich cement mortar of I : 2 proportion by pressing the mortarInto the gap
immediately after removal of the centering while the laid work is green, ',.
For double layers the upper layer shall be laidwith joints of 10 mm (3/8") thickness with I ; 3
cement and coarse sand mortar immediately after laying the bottom layer. If there are top bars
provided in the upper layer. the joints shall be thicker a~ for bottom layer..
r 2.5 cm to 4 ern (J" to 1'12") thick cement concrete of I : 2 :'4 proportion may be provided over
the one layer of R.B, work if specified to have greater compressive strength .
......
. . Cuting- Same ':IS for item No, 4. page 57n.
McaslJrcmCf1{ -Sarnc as for item No.5. page 572.
',._
576 ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Finishing-Plastering of the underside and sides shall be done immediately ~fter 6pe~ing of
the centering with fresh cement and coarse sand mortar of 1 : 3 p~oportlOn to a ~mmm~m thickness
of 12 mm (Y2"). Before plastering the surf~ce shall be soaked With. wate.r and Immediately before
"phIstering ts 'applied' the'surface'shallbe-glvena' washofneat-cementwlth-water. -
wall shall be washed and 'kept wet for two days before plastering.
The materials of mortar cement and sand or lime and surkhi or sand, or kankar lime, as
specified should be of standard specifications. The materials or mortar shall be first dry mixed, by
measuring with boxes to have the required proportion (as specified), and then water added slowly
The thickness of plastering shall be as specified usually 12 mm (W') applied in two or three
coats. To ensure uniform thickness of plaster, patches of 15ern x 15 cmIo") strips I rri (3') apart or
10 ern (4") wide plaster shall be applied first at about 2 m (6') apart to act as a guide. First mortar
shall be dashed and pressed over the surface and then brought to a true smooth and uniform su rface
by means of float and trowel. External plastering shall be started from top and worked down
towards floor. Internal plastering shall be started wherever the building frame is ready andcentering
of the roof slabs have been removed. Ceiling plastering shall be completed before starting of wall
plaster. All corners and edges shall be rounded. The plastered surface shall be kept wet for 10 days.
The surface should
_.. be protected from rain, sun, frost, etc.
"
For ideal work, the plastering should be applied in three coats-the rendering or first coat of
10 mm, the floating or second coat of 10 mm to 6 mm and finishing coat of 5 to 6 mm, having a total
minimum thickness of 20 mm (* "). The first coat shall be applied on the prepared raked cleaned
and wetted surface by dashing the mortar and floated roughly with wooden float. It shall be kept
damp for at least two days. When the first coat has sufficiently set, the surface shall be wetted and a
second coat of plaster shall be applied and brought to true even surface and then lightly roughened
with a wooden float to provide bond for the finished coat. The second coat shall be' kept damp for at
least two days and then allowed to dry. The. finishing coat shall then be applied on the wetted
surface of the second coat and finished smooth to true even surface by float and trowel.
The work shall be tested frequently with a straight edge and plumb bob. At the end of the day
the plaster shall be left cut clean to line. When the next day's plastering is started the edge of the old
work shall be scrapped, cleaned and wetted with cement slurry. At the end ~f the day the plastering
shall be closed on the body of the wall and not nearer than 15 cm to any corner.
Curing shall be started as soon as the plaster has hardened sufficiently not to be damaged when
watered. Tl.e plaster shall be kept wet for at least 10 days. Any defective plaster shall be cut in
rectangular shape and replaced. '
If specified; the final surface shall be given special finishing textures, as Scaped textures,
-Canvas textures, Cork-float finish, Wavy combed finish, Concentric arc finish, etc.. with the
required tools by engaging an expert worker in the profession.
NC'te- Different proportions of mortar which may be used for plastering
Cement sand mortar-- I : 3, I : 4, 1 : 5, I : 6; Cement, lime, sand mortar-I: I : 6; C : L : S,_
Lime surk hi or sand mortnr-i--l : I, I : 2 : Kankar lime mortar- Kankar lime alone.
.~
---------~~~=~-_.--_.,-- .
SPECIFICATIONS 577
For ceiling plastering 1 : 3 cement mortar with coarse sand is generally used.
Cement, lime sand mortar is slow setting and has better workability than cement sand mortar.
'For'W'eterProo] Mud'Plisier~S-ee-ChapleTI9'=Village-cUousing~" -.-_
Measuring-For measurement, See Chapter 14, Methods of Messurement,
,>,,1I
"..;0....-.
578 ESTIMATING AND COSTING
hand mixing first cement and sand mixed dry thoroughly and the dry mix of cement and sand
mixed with ballast dry till stone ballast are well coated with dry mix of cement and sand and then
mixed by adding water slowly and gradually to the required quantity and mixed thoroughly to have
uniform plastic mix. The quantity of water shall not exceed 30 litres per bag of cement. Concrete for
one panel only shall be mixed in onelot. Alternate panels shall be laid on alternate days. The floor
shall be laid in two layers. The lower layer being 22 mm thick and upper layer 3 mm thick. The base
shall be made rough and cleaned and soaked with water thoroughly and then given a cement wash
Just before laying. Concrete shallbe placed gently and evenly and compacted by beating with
wooden 'thapies' and then the surfaceshall be tamped with wooden tampers. The surface shall then
be smoothened with wooden floats and any unevenness shall be removed by adding I : 2 cement
sand mortar. Finally the surface shall be finished with wooden or steel floats by -applying a thick
slurry of mortar. The whole operation of laying shall be completed within 30 minutes. After laying
the surface shall be left undisturbed for 2 hours and then covered with wet bags and after 24 hours
cured by flooding with water and kept flooded for at least 7 days. The surface of floor may be
polished if specified. It is important that same brand of cement is used for the whole floor of one
.<
room and the proportions are maintained strictly to have a uniform colour. Junctions offloor with
Coloured floor-For coloured finish the surface shall be finished with coloured cement or with
a mixture of ordinary portland cement and coloured pigment of the desired colour in .the
proportion of 3 of cement and one of colour (or4 : I or 5 : I). ~or coloured floor the thickness of the
two layers shall be 19 mm and 6 mm. For polished floor the thickness of surface cement finishing
Base-In ground floor the c.c. floor is to be l1tid on a 7.5 ern (3") base of lime concrete or weak
cement concrete as per standard specifications. If the bases consist of cement concrete it shall be
allowed to set for. about 7 days. In case the base is of weak cement concrete the flu,ri~g shall
In first floor or upper floor if c.c. floor is to be laid on R~C.C.slab, the surface of R.C.C. slab
shall be made rough with brushes while concrete is green. Before laying the c.c. floor the surface
shall be cleaned. \vetted and a neat cement \....ash shall be applied to get a good bond. A base of lime
concrete may abo be pr ov idcd 0\ cr t he R. C.C. slab if specified. The base shall be provided with the
The thickness otc.c. floor Ior office building. school building, and in upper floor should be 4
em (l.':~ ").
Patent stone floor-This is cement concrete floor but furnace slag of 10 mm gauge is used
instead of stone grit. In other respects, same specifications as for cement concrete floor (above) may
be followed
SPECIFICATIONS 579
Cement concrete shall be prepared by mixing the ingredients dry by measuring with boxes to
have the required proportion. First cement and sand shall be mixed dry and this dry mix shall be
mixed with stone chips dry and then mixed by adding water slowly and gradually and mixed
thoroughly to have a uniform plastic mix. The base shall be made rough and watered and given a
cement wash, and then the concrete shall be laid in 2 em Hi") thick layer in panels of 1 m x 2 m
(3'x6') bounded by 3 mm thick glass of aluminium strips. After laying, the concrete shall be
-, compacted by beating and tamping and levelled with wooden floats.
The marble chips and cement shall be mixed by measuring with boxes to have the required
proportion first dry mixed, and then thoroughly mixed by adding water gradually to have a
uniform plastic mix. Within two hours of laying of the bottom layer of cement concrete, the upper
layer of marble chips and cement shall be laid, and the surface tamped lightly and finished perfectly
level with St:;';;';b~tedge float and trowel. After about 2 hours of laying, the surface shall be covered
with wet bags and kept wet and left undisturbed for two days. The surface' shall,
then be cut or
ground by rubbing with sand stone blocks and all the cement in the surface removed, A neat cement
wash shall then be given in the' surface and left undisturbed for six days and then the surface shall be
ground (or rubbed) with corborundum stones of different grades sta:itlng:-qi~~:c9a.~se,one and
s]uccessively with finer ones, and the rubbing continued until the entire surface shows a u~iform
granular appearance. The surface should be kept wet during all these days. Afterfinal rubbing the
surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by washing with soap water and then with,'dean water.
. . '. .... . . .. .~. : ~
Finally when the surface is absolutely dry, oxalic acid powder' shall, be ,,,ell rubbed on the
s rrface with pieces of felt and a few drops ~f water and this operation shall:be repeated until the
surface becomes perfectly smooth and glossy. The surface may also be 'rubbed 'with wax to give a
.glazing surface. Whitecrnent or coloured cement shall be used to havethe required colour if
specified. ' " , ,- '
(Proportion (If mosaic layer may be I: 2 or I : I Y2 or I : I cement, marble chips as specifie? !~:._
mosaic layer may- also be applied on .the following day instead of the same day of concr~tlO~, 11
I specified. In that case surface should be left rough and a neat cement wash, shall be applied Just
before mosaic layer is laid.) ,
For ground floor a base of LiC. or weak c.c. and for first and upper floor roughening and
cement washing shall be provided as described under item 14. '
The grinding and polishing may also be done by grinding ~ac~ines ~n three. operation'S, first
grinding with machine fitted with coarse grade stone, second grinding with medium grade stone,
and final grinding with fine grade stone .
Mosaic or terrazo tile fioor-p~ecast manutactured mo~aic or terrat-o ti~es are used. For
d,tails ~ee page 507. The method of g~nding and polishingare ~ame as for l1J.0salc or terratO floor
above (Item 16). '. "
16;-Brick,;ort-;;edgeor--bnck-nooring' Qver-7~S-cm '(3"-)-lime-concrete- -- ----- -- ------.- .-- ---- ,',-" -_.. -- ,'.-
'.' The bricks shall be first class seleJted to have smooth face.good red colour and hardness. The
mortar shall be specified (1 : 6 cemeat sand mortar, or 1 : 21Jme surkhi mortar or .kankar lir;ne
nl,ortar). All bricks shall be soaked in water in a tank,' for at least'12 hours bef~!e use. Lime concre\te
of base shall be of the same specification as for item 2. The su~face of base lime c.oncrete shall ~e
cambered or sloped for draining wash water as per drawing or instructions. The bricks shall be laid
with mortar as specified with 'break joints at half the length of brick, with the required bond. The
surface should be checked frequently with spirit level and wooden straight edge to have a true
surface. No damaged or broken bricks shall be used anywhere except at the edges; where properly
straight cut bricks shall be used. Mortarjoints shall not exceed 12 mm (12") and all joints should be '
full of mortar. The brick work should not be disturbed but shall be kept wet for at least 10 days. The
surface should be finished with pointing with cement mortar as specified.
17. White washing- '
Fresh white lime slacked at site of work should be mixed with sufficient water to make a thin
cream. The approximate quantity of water required in making the cream is 5 litres of water to 1 kg
of lime. It shall then be screened through a coarse cloth and gum (glue) in me proportion of 100
grams of gum to 16litres (three chattacks of gum to 6 gallons) of wash shall be added. The surface
should be dry and thoroughly cleaned fromdust and dirt. The wash shall be applied with 'moonj'-pr
jute brush, vertically and horizontally alternately and the wash kept stirred in the container while
using-.Two or three ooats shallbe applied as specified and each coat shall be perfectly dry before the
succeeding coat is applied over it. After finishing the surface shall be of uniform colour. The white
wash should not splash on the floor and other surfaces. In old surface the surface should be cleaned
and repaired with cement mortar where necessary.and allowed to dry before white wash is applied.
For final coat blue pigment powder should be m.ixed to the required quantity with the lime water to
give a-bright' white surface.
19. Distempering-
The distemper shall be of best quality and the colour should be as specified. The distemper
should be mixed and prepared and water added, as laid down in the instructions of the
manufacturer. First a paste is made by adding little hot water to the distemper powder and stirred
thoroughly, and the paste is allowed to stand for afew minutes. The paste is then thinned with water
to have a thin cream to the consistency of oil paint and stirred thoroughly all the time while
applying. If the surface is rough, it should be smoothened with sand paper.
The surface must be perfectly dry before distempering is commenced. In new cement plaster
the surface shall be washed over with a solution of zinc sulphate, one kg zinc sulphate in 10 lit res of
water and then allowed to dry. In old surface, the surface shall be repaired with plaster
SPECIFICATIONS 581
of paris where required and then whole surface sand papered and washed and allowed to
dry. . '.
Oil distemper-Dil distemper is similar to ordinary dry distemper in powder form. In the oil
distemper compound (dry powder) oil is mixed by the manufacturer while manufacturing. For
:..: .. application of oil distemper it is mixed with the required quantity of water and then applied on the
surface, The methods of preparation and application are similar as described above.
I .
Mixing-Dnly fresh snowcern should be used. Hard or set snowcem should not be used. The
. -": ..
'
contents should be made loose by rolling and shaking the container before opening the container.
. , ,1:" ~
. ....'.... ~.
c.: First a paste shall be prepared by mixing 2 parts of snowcem powder with one part of water by
volume and immediately this should be thinned by adding another one part of water to have a
uniform solution of consistency of paints.
.-.~:
".
. . .,d#. [Mix j litre (2 pin ts) of water with 3 kg (71bs) ofsnowcem powder to get a paste, dilute this with
~ ..,>;: another I litre (2 pints) of water which will give approximately 3 littes (6 pints) ofsnowcem for
-c , :f
: - ~~~;. application.] . .
Application-The surface should be cleaned to remove loose dust or dirt by use of a soft wire
brush. The surface shall then be wetted by sprinkling with water and water shall be allowed to run
)~;
.. \(" off. The fresh mixed snowcem shall then be applied with broad. good quality brush. The first coat
. ;.~~~~ shall be well brushed into the surface to form a good bone, Snowcem should be used within an hour
,~
, .>'
.. of mixing and should be kept stirred during application. At the end of the day each application of
snowcem the surface .should bewetted with fine water spray for cUring._
After a day or two a second coat of snowcem of similar preparation should be applied on the
wetted surface and the second coat should be applied carefully to give a uniform and good finished
appearance. 'r.
The approximate covering capacity of 50 kg of snowcem for two coats on plastered surfal:c--is
100 sq m ( 1000 sq ft).
Other cement washing compound as Supercem, Aquecem, Durocem, etc., may also be used
similar to Snowcem.
21. Decorative cement colour washing (similar to snowcern)- . .. .
For decorative as wellas water repellent washing on the external surface of buildings, w,h~te
cement mixed with" colour (pigment) and .
other ingredients
.
may be used. The quantities
,+a. _
, ,
582 ESTIMATING AND COSTING
(proportion) of the different ingredients in percentage basis as well as per bag of cement are given
below):- .
Ingredients Percent~ge Per bsg of
....--- -- -..--.------..---bywetght--- --. -cement
(I) White cement . . . 75% 50 \ kg
(2) Slaked lime (clean, screened) t 0% 6.5 kg
(3) Powdered glue 10% 6.5 kg
(4) Alum 2% 1.3 kg
(5) Alumininum Stearate Y2% 0.33 kg
(6) Plaster of Paris 2\12% 1.63 kg
To get the desired colour and shade, powdered metallic colour should be mixed with white
cement to the extent of 5% to 10% of the white cement by weight (2.5 kg to 5 kg per bag of cement).
Mixing and preparation~Slaked lime should be dissolved in co~d water and powdered g.lue
and powdered alum should be dissolved in hot water in separate containers or drums. The solutl~n
should be thin and should be screened through a piece of cloth, and prepared and kept ready 10
advance of application.
At the tiITI~ of application White cement, Plaster of Paris, Aluminium stearate and colour
should be mixed intimately in the above mentioned proportions and the mixture added tq the
slaked lime solution and stirred continuously. The alum and glue solutions should then be added
and stirring continued. Fresh water should then be added to bring the solution to the consistency of
a cream similar to oil paint. The final mixed solution should consist of all the ingredients .in the
proportion mentioned above. The mixing should be by batches of about Y4 bag of cement at a time
with other ingredients in the same proportion. A uniform consistency should be maintained for all
batches of mix. Only as much quantity as can be used within half an hour should be prepared and
mixed at a time:
Application of wash-Before the wash is applied, the surface should be rubbed and cleaned of
all loose dust and dirt, and washed with water and wetted. The mixed cement wash should then be
applied evenly with broad distemper brushes. Second coat should be applied after 4 hours and
during this period the surface should be kept moist.
Curing-After application of the cement the surface should be kept moist for at least two days
by frequent light sprinkling of water. Surface should be protected from hot sun and drying winds by
hanging hessian cloth on the scaffolding and periodically wetting it with water.
Coveringcepecity-i-Cnie bagof white cement (50 kg) mixed with other ingredients will cover
an area of 80 sq m to tOO sq m (800 sq ft to 1000 sq ft) for two coats over plastered surface.
One expert washer (white washer) and one boy coolie can wash 30 sq m to 40 sq m (300 sq ft to
400 sq ft) per day for first coat, and 40 sq m to 50 sq m (400 sq ft to 500 sq ft). per day for second coat.
22. Painting-
The brand of the paint shall b~ specified and ready-made paint of the required colour should be
used. If thinning is required, pure turpentine may be added to the required extent. The surface shall
be made perfectly smooth by rubbing with sand paper of different grades, first with coarse one hnd
successively with fine sand papers. All holes and open joints should be filled with strong putty or
with a mixture of glue and plaster of paris and smoothened by rubbing with sand paper. ln steel
~,.
SPECIFICATIONS 583
work. all rusts and scales shall be perfectly removed by scrapping and brushing.
, The n urn ber of coats shall be as specified in new work one priming coat and then two coats of
, b\ paints shall be applied. The paint shall be applied with brushes evenly and smoothly by crossing and
~. ;:~\ I ,. Iayingofirithe' diieciionofgl"ai'ns.ofWooa=-wof}(and-if<n''fusn nfatKss1ioula-oeviSiJ:)1e~Eacti-coat
'.' ~ , shall be perfectly dry before the next is applied. Before the next coat is applied, the surface shall be
rubbed with No 0 sand paper, to give a smooth and glazed surface. Tile paint should be stirred in
the container immediately before use. Brushes should be cleaned and washed with turpentine at the
end of the day's work and kept d r y . ' ,
If stiff paint is used it should be first prepared by mixing with double boiled linseed oil and
turpentine to a thin cream. '
For measurement ofpainting on different works, Chapter 14 on Methods of Measurement
may be.referred.
If old paint is to be removed, it may be removed by washing with soda water or with caustic
soda or blowing with blow lamp and scrapping or by using any patent remover. After removing the
paint the surface should be dried and rubbed with sand paper and smoothened before paint is
, applied. In old painted surface if paint is not required to be removed but required repainting, the
surface should be washed with soap water and then paint shall be applied.
"",~: '; '
,In steel work exposed to weather, the painting should be done either with red oxide paint or
with aluminium paint.
23. Painting steel and iron wOrk- , ,
All rust scales, dirt, suppliers delivery marks, oil, grease, etc., shan be removed-by rubbing with
sand paper before painting. Special care shall be taken for cleaning of corners. All structural steel
work shall be painted with red lead before erection except the surfaces which wilI be in contact with
concrete. Where corrosive effect is likelhood from sea atmosphere, a coat .of raw linsed oil shall be
applied on the surface immediately after cleaning and before the Ist coat of redlead is applied. Two
to three coats of approved ready-manufactured paint or ready-mixed paint shall be applied at right
angles to e!>f'!:t other after erection of the structural member. Each coat shall be.allowed to dry up
perfectly before the succeeding coat is laid over it. Painting shall be carded out during the dry
weather. . , . '
i
24. Varnishing- "
Knots, holes, cracks, etc., shall be filled and covered with putty.made of-whiting and linseed
II
oil. The wood work shall be rubbed down with sand paper sufficiently smooth to remove any grain
marks and it shall be cleaned before-hand. Two coats of boiled linseed oil ortwo thin coat of glue as
specified shall be applied and eachsuch CC3t shall be allowed to dry up andrubbeddownsmooth
, with a fine sand paper. The varnish shall be applied with brushes using strong firm strokes, of
, brushes and spread evenly. The brushes shall be of good quality and perfectly cleaned. In no. case
sand paper shall be rubbed across the grain. which may cause the finest marks on .the ~mshed
surface. Specified quality ofco pal varnish shallthen be laid on the prepared surface in thin co~ts
unless any other brand is specially mentioned. For new woodwor~ a.second coat shall be ~pphed
after the first coat of varnish has thoroughly been dried up. Varnishing shall be done dunng dry
r ", weather and should not be allowed to be undertaken in rainy days.
" ,
~. );1
':/IaL_
584 EST!MATINGAND COSTING
~~ .
fi , '
. Preparation ofsurface......:.The Qurfaceof the timbershall be cleaned and rubbed <Sown smoo.tp
, with sand paper. Knots if visible sh)lll be covered with a preparation of lead and glue'laid on while
hot. Holes and indentations on the.surface shall be filled with putty and smoothened, The surface
The pad shall be moistened with the polish and rubbed hard on the wood; in series of overlapping
circles applying the polish sparingly but uniformly over the entire surface to give a uniform surface
and.high gloss. Number of coat shall be as specified. The second coat shall be applied, after the first
specially moulded or carved' comes under carpenter's work. This include all timber, work in
chaukhats of doors and windows, in roof works as beams, struts, ties, rafters purlins in timber
bridge, etc.
Timber shall be as specified.rnay be teak, shisham, sal, deodar, etc. The timber shall be ofthe
best quality well seasoned and free from saps.knots, warps, crack and other defects. The scantling
shall be sawn in the direction of the grains. All wood work shall be planed and neatly and truly
finished to the exact dimensions. Alljoints shall be neat and strong, truly and accurately fitted, and
All portions of timber built into or in contact of masonry or concrete shall be given two coats
of solignum or tar or other approved preservations. Exposed surfaces of timber shall be painted
All beams shall be bedded on plates with a minimum bearing of 25 em and 6 mm clear air' .":.,\
spaces shall be left on each side. No wood work shall be fixed within 60 em of any fire place or flue. ",
: .. :~ ."
Measurement of wood work shall be taken in cu m (cu ft) for the finished work fixed in
position including sawing, planning, joining, nails,screws, etc. Painting of wood work shall be
.:~.
shall be of the best quality, well seasoned and free from sap, knots, warps, cracks, and other defects.
A11 wood- work .shall be nlaned. lind neatly and truly finished to the exact dimensions. All joints
shall be neat and strong, truly and accurately fitted, and glued before being fitted together. .
Chaukhats.:--The chaukhats shall be properly framed and joined by mortise and tenon joint
with hard wooden pins, and the joints shall be coated with white lead before being fitted together.
The chaukhats shall be of section as per drawing, may be 7.5x 10 ern, ! Ox10 em, 8x 12 ern or similar
section. For double leaves the chaukhats shall be ofSx 12 cm section. Concealed faces of chaukhats
shall be painted with two coats of coaltar or solignum and the other faces shall be painted with a
prime coat before fixing in position. '
Shutters or leaves (Joinery).-The shutters may be panelled, glazed, part panelled and part
glazed battened, or venetian as specified. The thickness of shutters shall be(I~" to 2") 3 em to Scm
as specified. The styles, rails and panels shall be planed and neatly and truly finished to the exact
dimensions. The styles and rails shall be framed properly and accurately with morties and tenon
... ,
!
!
I
SPECIFICATIONS 585
I
~r joint and fixed with wooden pins. Panels shall be of one piece without any joint and shall be fixed
with 12 mm (liz") insertions into the rails and styles and rails provided with mouldings as per design.
The thicknessof panels s hallbe-IZmm-to 25-mm (~~'-.to -r~}as.specified.:AILraiLover.15_(anJQ.IIJ .
in width shall have double tenon. No tenon shall exceed one-fourth of thickness of the plank. For
glazed windows sash bars shall not be less than 40 mm x 40 mm and glasses shall be fixed with nails
and putty or with wooden beadings over felt as specified. All joints shall be glued before being
fitted. (For joints see pages 519-520).
Fittings.-All doors shall be provided with handles on both sides and all windows with
handles on the inner side. One of the doors of each room shall be provided with sliding bolts on the
outer side for locking. Necessary hinges, tower bolts, hook bolts, stops for keeping the leaves open,
and also wooden blocks to prevent leaves striking the jambs of wall, etc., shall be provided. The
fittings may be of iron, brass or oxidized as specified of approved quality. Screws shall be of
suitable length and correct diameter and shall be fixed with screw driver and not by hammering.
Painting.-The surface of shutters and chaukhats shall be painted with two coats of approved
paint over a coat of priming. Faces of chaukhat in contact with masonry shall be painted with two
coats of solignum or coaltar or other preservative before fixing. A prime coat of painting with
primer paint shall be applied on the remaining surface before fixing in position.
, ',:
I Measurement.-The rate shall be for the complete work including hanging and fixing in
position. The chaukhat shall be measured in cu m (cu ft) under wood work for the finished work,
and the length of tenons, horns, etc., shall be added to right lengths. The measurement of shutters
shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) for the finished work in closed position overlaps of two shutters shall
.... : ; not be measured. The painting shall be measured separately under a separate item in sq m (sq ft) .
\. _.
The cost of fittings may be excluded if specified, and the fittings supplied 'by the department or
owner, but the fixing of the fittings and hanging in position shall be included 'in the rate. (For
measurement refer Chapter 14-Methods of Meesurement.)
28. Glazing-
Glass shall be of the best quality and free from bubbles, scratches and other imperfections. The
thickness of glass be 3 mm or as specified. The glass panes shall b~fixed in:15 nun rebate of the
" '
;-' "", I
r~
"-, .
wooden frame leaving 1.5 mm clear gap allround for allowing for expansions. The rebate shall be
r ':. . painted before glasses are fixed. Putty shall be of best quality made offinelypowdered whiting and
'. .
...~~" ~
/,
linseed oil, kneaded into a stiff paste. First a thin layer of putty (back putty) shall be applied on the
rebate. then glass shall be fixed in position by a few small nails and then putty (front putty) shall be
r: . applied and pressed in position and finished off neatly and in such a manner that no putty projects
beyond Liie rebate, The putty shall then he painted with a coat ofpaint.
In case of large glass panes or plate glasses, these should be fixed in the rebate-by moulded
wooden fillets allround with brass or nickle screws, inserting a strip of felt or rubber in the rebate
under the glass to act as a cushion. ThL wooden fillets shall be finished with painting.
.,. ..' i
,,
- I 29. Centering and shuttering
I Shuttering shall be either of hard wooden planking 30 mm (lW') thick (or of steel plates
stiffened by angle iron). The shuttering shall be supported on battens, beams, props and wedges and
properly cross braced together so as to make the form work s~fficientlY r~gid strong and stable.to
support the wet concrete work and should not yield on working and laying concrete. Beams ror
centering shall be carried and supported on the walls with double wedges underneath and
supported at intervals with props. .
',- ..
586 ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Props shall consist of ballies or brick pillars in mud mortar. Ballie prop~ ~hall ~est on .d?uble
wedges placed over wooden sole planks of 40 moo (I W') thickness so as to facilitate tlghtemn pand
easing of the centering and sh.uttering. In case of brick pillars the wooden sole plank shall be
... prQYi.d.~d.aUb~ tQ.P.9.LpJH~I&a,I!<;I. ~ou.1?.1~ w.~Q.g~~. i~~C?r!~~ i.p. b~!~e~~ .~~~ _~~~.epl.~Il:~ a.~d_t.h~ b~~m 0 f
the centering and shuttering. .
Theshuttering shall be kept clear of wall bearing and made to rest on cross-beams or battens.
The shuttering shall have smooth and even surface and its joints shall be closed tight and shall not
permit leakage of cement mortar, if required the joints shall be lined with craft paper or other
approved material. Inner face of shuttering shall be applied with a wash of moulded oil or raw
linseed oil or soap solution or other approved materials to prevent adherence of the concrete.
For slabs and beams small camber shall be given in the shuttering. Camber of I em per 2.50 m
or W' per 10 ft (1 in 1250) with a maximum 4 ern OW').
Centering and shuttering shall not be removed before 14 days in general (4 days for R.C.C. ."
columns, 10 days for roof slab and 14 days for beams). (,
. ".
Centering and shuttering shall be removed slowly and carefully without any shock or vibration
by slackening and removing the wedges gradually in such a manner that no part of the concrete is
disturbed or damaged. .
Centering' and shuttering shall be measured in sq 00, and the surface area in contact with
concrete shall be measured.
30. Ashlar masonry-
The stone shall be hard, tough, round and durable of approved quarry. Stones shall be chisel
dressed on all beds (all sides) to have perfectly square or rectangular faces so that they may be laid in
perfectly horizontal and vertical joints. Minimum height of stone shall be 20 ern (8") and breadth
not less than 1 Y2 times height. Stone shall be laid alternate headers and stretchers with break joint
and proper bond shall be maintained not to have any vertical joint in two consecutive layers. Each'
course shall be truly horizontal and each stone shall be laid on its natural bed. The wall shall be truly
in plumb. No joint shall be thicker than 3.5 moo(1/8"). If pointing is not provided as separate item,
the joints shall be struck and finished at the time of laying. Not more than 60 ern (2') height of
masonry shall be constructed at a time.
Mortar shall be as specified.richfine mortar shall be used, may be of cement mortar I : 2 to 1 : 4
or lime mortar I : 1 to 1: 2, materials of mortar shall be of standard specifications. Mortar shall be
first dry mixed to have the required proportion and then mixed with water by adding water slowly
and grad ually and mixed thoroughly to get a uniform mortar of workable consistency. Fresh mixed
mortar shall be used. . , .'
All stones shall be thoroughly wetted before use. At the end of day's, work the masonry shall be
flooded with 2.5 em (I") water at the upper surfaces. The masonry shall be kept moist for a period of
at leat 10 days aand shall be protected from sun. rain. frost and other weather effect.
Usually, exposed faces of stones and edges of face stones fine chisel dressed and inner surfaces
of stones are rough chiseled. In such case the inner joint may be 6 mm (~") thick.
.------_ .. _ - - - - - - - - -
SPECI FlCATIONS 587
stone not less than 10 ern (6") thick. Stone should be laid with broader face downward and vertical
joints should be broken. All courses shall be truly horizontal and all joints shall be full of mortar.
Outer faces of stones shall be squared by hammer dressing to give a good appearance, and face!' of
t...
wall shall be truly in plumb. The face joints shall be at right angle to the face for at least to a depth of
5 em (2"). Theface stones shall be [email protected]~JleEoq~CS~!!.<!~!:-~~GJJet:!!C!nd5hould-tail intowall.to...
sufficient depth to bond well. Corner stones or quoins should be of good stone anti dressed to
correct angle and laid header and stretcher alternately...
Through bond stones of one piece shall be provided one for every 0.5 sq m(5 sq ft) of face and
should extend to the full thickness of walls. For walls thicker than 75 em (2W) the bond.stones may
be of two pieces placed with side overlapping of at least 15 cm (6 inches). Breadth of bond stones
shall not be less than 1Y2 times the height. . .
All stones shall be thoroughly wetted before laying. At the end ofday's workthe masonry shall
b~ fioodedwith 2.5 cm (1") water at the upper surface. The masonry shall be kept moist for a period
of at least 10 days and shall be protected from sun, rain, frost and other weather effect.
Face stone shall be comparatively larger and uniform in size and colour to give a good
appearance and breadth of face stones shall be greater than the height. Face stone should tail into
wall to a sufficient depth to bond well. Stones shall be laid with broader face downward to give a
good bedding. Facejoints shall be broken and face of wall shall be truly in plumb. Corner stones of
quions should be a good stone and -iressed to correct angle and laid as headers and stretchers.
,~,,~~_._------~------
f
I.~.~.....e
...
588 ESTIMATING AND COS1"ING
All stones shall be thoroughly wetted before laying. At the end of day's work the ,masonry s~all
be flooded with 2.5 ern (I") water at the upper surface. The masonry shall be kept moist for a period
.ofa; least 10 days and shall be protected from sun, rain; frost and other weather effect.
. -.. "- . - ",. . ' --.. ... -. _ - .. _ - - .. ---, "'-""-'.' ". '-".' .
Laying.-The mud mortar shall be laid on the terrace to the requisite thickness 7.5 cm to 10 ern
(3" to 4") and a minimum slope of 1 in 48 towards the outlets, and rammed with wooden thapis
under optimum moisture condition. The surface shall be checked with straight edge and spirit level
and corrected where necessary, with the same mortar. The surface shall be allowed to dry somewhat
and if any cracks appear these shall be filled with liquid cowdung.
Mud gobri plaster.-The surface shall thenbe given a coat of 12 mni(Y2") plaster of mud gobri
mortar 3: 1 (3 mud: I cowdung). Cowdung free from grass, straw seeds and other impurities shall
be soaked in water and powdered earth shall be added in the ratio of 3 : 1, and mixed thoroughly
adding water to have homogeneous mix of the workable consistency, The mortar shall then be
applied to a uniform thickness of 12mm .(Y2")..
Pa.ving with the brick.--First class flat tiles 4 ern (l W') thick well burnt made of good
brick-earth shall be used. The tiles shall be laid dry oil the mud gobri plaster before it dries up
completely (not over cement or lime mortar) with open joints not more than 6 mm (~") wide. Tiles
should be inserted into parapet walls by 4 ern (l W'). The open joints shall then be grouted with
cement mortar 1 : 3 (1 cement, 3 local sand) care should be taken to see that no joint remains unfilled
or partially filled. The joints shall then be finished flush with the surface. The tile paving shall be
_ cured by covering with wet bags or wet sand (not by ponding) for at least seven days and during this
period the surface shall be protected from damage. .
Measurement.-The rate shall be for the complete work of mud layer of the stipulated
thickness, mud gobri plaster and the tile paving. The measurement shall be taken for the finished
~ ark over the tiled surface in sq m (sq ft). No deduction shall be made for opening or recesses up to
0.4 sq m (4 sq rn.
Mud terracing may be over R.C.C. slab, o~t~~ layers of tiles orone layer of brick or one layer
of stone slab or wooden planks supported on batten or beams of R.C.C. steel or timber.
One coat or two C<./Jts ofespbelt ma.y be applied on the base slab or concrete before laying the
mud mortar jf specified.
'--
......
,.-..- ,
SPECIFICAnONS 589
exceeding 5 cm in between the joints, to enhance the self-supporting arch action. The spacing of the
beams or battens shall not be more than 45 cm. The brickwork shall then be cured by frequent
sprinkling.of water for a periodof .1 0 days,..t\Jte~~e~ti':lg of t~~.~!:!~.~,,:,_oJkCllay.erg.DLI1lec_~~r~~~
shall be laid.
Before brickwork is laid centering and shuttering shall be made strong and rigid enough to
support the roof during construction. .
Brick aggregate.-The brick aggregate shall be well burnt of first class quality and broken to
20 mm O~ ") size and shall contain 5 tol'O per cent surkhi. The grading of brick aggregate shall be
as
100 per cent passing through IS-sieve of 20 mm and 5 to 100 per cent passing through
IS-sieve of 10 mm. .
Mixing and laying of Lime Concrete (Lime-Brick-Jelly Concrete). -Brick aggregate shall be
cleaned and placed ona water tight platform and spread to an even thickness and thoroughly
wetted for at least three hours. Fresh slaked white lime shall then be spread over the brick aggregate
stack to have the proportion of I : 2'12 (one of lime and 2'12 of aggregate) and mixed dry. The whole is
then mixed by adding water gradually by sprinkling to the required quantity, and mixed
thoroughly by turning at least three times, until a uniform mix is obtained and all pieces of
aggregatesare covered with mort~r and the aggregates do not separate from the mortar.
,.i
.,I The brickwork shall then be lightly sprinkled with water just to moisten the surface and then
the mixed lime concrete shall be laid gently to a thickness of 10 cm. The roof shall be given a
minimum slope of I in 50.
- ,
,
; After the lime concrete has been laid, it shall be consolidated initially with wooden rammers of
2 kg weight, and the consolidation shall further be done with hand beaters so that the concrete.
'\ hardens and the surface becomes even during consolidation and beating solution of Bael fruit,
r ...,
I
~ molasses and lime water or solution of Kadukai, molasses and lime water shall be sprinkled over the
'.
II surface for strengthening and water proofing. (For details see lime concrete terracing page 567).
The bearing shall be continued until the beater makes no impression on the concrete, and readily
I rebounds from the surface when struck on it. After compaction the surface shall be wetted with
"'. j solution of Bael fruit or Kadukai, molasses or lime and smoothened with trowel to have a thin water
proof layer.
,-1 Curing.-The lime concrete shall be kept moist for a fortnight by covering with straw or sand
"'\
- I
and sprinkling water frequently.' .
"
The ceiling .:;~all be finished with 12 mrn ('12") plastering with 1 : 3 cement mortar or 1 : 2 lime
, - I
,I mortar. . . " . ' " . . . .... .'
I
Measurement..,-The lime concrete terracing including brickwork shall' be measured of the
'I finished surface under one item in sq m (sq ft). The supporting beams or battens and ceiling
I
/ i
' .. , plastering shall be measured separately.
.,'
Laying.-The sheets shall be laid with smooth side upwards. wi~h a minimum sid~lap of ha~f a
corrugated 4.5 ern (I *") and a minimum end lap of 15 cm (6"). The Side laps shall be laid on the side
opposite the prevailing monsoon wind. The free overhang of the sheet shall not exceed 40 ern
(J'~"). . ..... _.. __..... __ ... __ . . _
Fixing. -The sheets shall be fixed to the purlins by means of 8 mm (3/ 16") diameter
galvanized J or L hook bolts and nuts providing a bitumen washer and a galvanized iron washer for
each bolt and nut before the nutis screwed down from above. Each nut shall be screwed lightly first
and when a number of sheets are laid the nuts shall be tightened.Theholes for hook bolt shall be
drilled not punched in the ridge of thecorrugations in their exact positions while the sheets are on
the roof. The diameter of the holes shall be 1.5 mm (1/16") more than the diameter of the fixing
bolt.' Roof ladders or planks shall always be used when laying and fixing the sheets, to avoid
damage to the sheets. During fixing if any sheet gets damaged this shall be rejected and replaced by
another good sheet. The finished surface shall be uniform and the lines of corrugations shall be
straight and parallel. .
Slope.-Roof slope shall not be flatter than 1 in 5. the normal slope shall be usually I in 2. In
case of roof slope flatter than I in 2VI, the end overlap shall be 25 ern (10") or more.
Ridges.-Ridges shall be of the type specified such as "Plain. wing adjustable", "Serrated
adjustable", "Close fitting adjustable", "Northlight adjustable". etc. Ridges shall be of the same
manufacturer as for the corrugated sheets, and shall be free from cracks and damages. The ridges
are usually in pairs having the required overlap. The ridges shall be fixed with the same galvanized
iron J or L bolts and nuts with bitumen washer and galvanized iron washer which fix the sheets with
purlins.
Hips if required shall be of 'Unserrated hips' of the same manufacturer.
Wind ties.-Wind ties shall be of40 mm x 6 mm(l VI"xy.j") and shall be fixed at the eave ends
of the sheets. The fixing shall be done with the same hook bolts which secure the sheets to the
purlins.
Measurement.- The measurements shall be taken of the laid finished flat surface in sq m
(sq ft) and not girthed. The laps at the ends and side shall not be measured. The ridges and hips shall
be measured in running metre (r ft) for the finished workalong the centre line of the ridge or hip.
Wind ties shall be measured under a separate item. The rate shall include all the materials and
labour, bolts and nuts washer, etc. The rate shall not include roof supporting members as purlins,
rafters, etc., which shall be measured separately.
_._- .. --- - - - - - - -
'-..
SPECI FICATIONS 591
and nuts and with bitumen washer and G.!. washer and fixed to the purlins with galvanized hook
bolts of J or L type of 8 mm (5/16") in diameter, with bitumen and limpet washers.
......... '.. Ridges and hips shall be covered by special ridge or hip sections and shall be bolted orclipped
in the sheets, witli-ilO'cm'OTOTap-on cacns'ide-s<ranup-reventtherain-driving'under'iL-Windties ...
of nat iron bar 40 mm x 6 mm (1'12" J:< Y;") shall be fixed at the eave ends of the sheets and fixing shall
be done with the same J or L hook bolts and nuts which secure the sheets with purlins.
Roofs shall not be pitched at the flatter slope than I in 5, the normal pitch being 1 in 2. For
flatter pitch than I in 2t;2 the end overlap should not be less than 23 ern (9").
I The finished surface shall be uniform and the lines of corrugations shall be straight and
parallel.
Measurement shall be taken for the complete laid roof in sq m (sq ft) for the flat superficial
area, not girthed. Wind ties shall be measured under a separate item. Supporting purlins and
structures shall be taken under separate item.
38. Allahabad tile roof-
The tiles shall be of Allahabad pattern well burnt, dark red in colour and shall give a clear
ringing sound when struck. Wind ties shall be sound regular in shape and free from cracks, and shall
I. not absorb water more than 1/ 6th of their weight. .
Timber for battens shall be of the type specified may be of sal, shisham, deodar, teak, etc., and
, \ shall be of best quality, well seasoned and free from saps, cracks, knots, flaws and other defects. The
I
battens shall be 30 mm x 45 mm (I t;2" x 34") in section and fixed over 30 cm (I ft)centre to centre
i over common rafters with nails. The spacing of commor:. rafters shall not be more than 90 em (3 ft).
\'1 The eave batten shall be 45 mm x 60 mm in section. All battens shall be painted with two coats of
approved paint over a coat of priming.
~-1
Single tiling.-Single tiling shall consist of layer of flat tires laid closely on battens, and the
"1
... " .
adjacent edges of every two tiles shall be covered with semi-cylindrical tiles. All the lines of the tiles
-e
.1 shall be straight in both directions and whole roof when laid must give a uniform appearance. The
/
.. , flat tiles must lap accurately at their ends one over the other. The moulded niche at the lower end of
I each flat tile must fit completely into the head of the tile next below it and the bottom of the tiles at
.' .1 the upper end must have a firm hold on the battens. Each semi-cylindrical tile must be exactly in its
position on the flat tiles under it and also into the bed specially formed in the upper end of the next
..I semi-cylind rical tile, to receive it. At the ridges and hips the tiles must abut closely. All ridges and hips
/ .,i xhall be covered by ridges or hip tiles laid in lime mortar. The tiles over walls shall be laid in lime
ruo rta. and ttc ends :;f the semi-circular tiles ar.t he eaves shall be filledwith lime mortar for half
their length. The under side of the nat tiles shall be finished with white washing, .
/' ! The roof slope should not be less than I in 3 nor more than I in 2. The roof when completed
shall be true to lines and slope, and shall be leakproof.
:1 c
I
;
i Measurement of the complete laid roof shall be taken flat in sq m (sq ft) including battens.
39. Mangalore tiled roof- , ': ~! ':;" ,,';:;'" ';: ' i.;l,
The tiles shall be of Mangalore.pattern double c~annen~aiwe\\burnt; ~ark-red 'in colour and
shall give a clear ringing sound wherrstruck. The tHes~hCl;\l be.~o\.Jnd,.regu~~r In sha~e Cl;nd free from,
'cracks and-s hall not absorb-water-more-than' !-/-6tli oqhelfwelgh t~. Ridge tl~es,andlllp,tll~s,shaU-also
I
';,:,-.i:
\-;''::
~:~
~". :-
\:..
be of Mangalore pattern. ;',"
firmly on the battens. The edges of the adjoining tiles shall overlap giving water proofjoints. At the
ridges and hips the tiles should abut closely. The ridges and hips shall be covered by ridge hip tiles
laid in lime mortar. The tiles over the walls and the lowest eave tiles shall be laid in lime mortar. The
under side of the tiles shall be finished with white washing. '
Measurement of the complete laid roof shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) including battens, ridges
and hips.
Specification of Rsnigung tiled roof, Sielkot tiled roof and Ouilon tiled roof are similar to
Mangalore tiled roof.
40. Earthwork in irrigation channels and road-
Centre line of channel or road or bank and its edges (toes) shall be marked correctly and neatly
by daghbelling, Outlines of borrowpits shall also be marked on the ground. Formation pillars of
masonry shall be constructed at suitable points as directed by the Engineer-in-charge to serve as
bench marks. '
, The whole area under cutting or filling shall be cleaned of al! jungles, vegetations, rubbishes,
loose stones and other materials. Roots of trees, if any, shall be removed to a depth of 60 em (2 ft)
below ground level. For banking the existing surface shall be ploughed to a depth of 15 ern (6") to
make bond with new earth, and all clods broken and surface roughly levelled. Earthern or pole
profiles shall be made 30 m to 100 m (lOO' to 300') apart and extra profiles may be made at curves or
where there is change in direction or gradient. For banking settlement allowance sha.ll be allowed
and profiles shall show the total height including allowance for settlement. In case of ordinary hand
rammed consolidated fills 10% settlement allowance and in case of consolidation by heavy
machinery 5% settlement allowance shall be provided.
Bank shall be made in layers of25 cm (9") thickness and each layer should be slightly concave
towards the centre. In banking side slopes of I Y2: 1to 2: I should be given as specified depending on
the nature of soil. All clods of earth shall be broken in borrowpit, and all roots, stones, etc.,
removed. Earthwork shall rye done from the edge to the centre and eC\c~l(\verwellr.amm.ed with
wooden rammer of 5 to 8 kg (to to 15 Ib) weight. Thorough compaction if required shall be done by
rolling each layer with sheep foot roller.
In cutting. first the central rectangular port ion shall be excavated from top to bottom and then
the side with side slopes of I; , to I J,~ : I depending on nature of soil. J
Depth of borrowpits should not he more than 30 em (l foot). spoil banks where required
should b~ regular an~ ofun.iiorm height with the prcsc~ibed slope. Old and new bank shall be joined
by stepping. If there IS cutting and banking alternately, the cutting earth should be used for filling
up to the economical limit. In irrigation channel the excavated earth should be utilised for side
banks for which no extra payment shall be made.
Surface and side slopes shall be dressed and finished neatly. Rate shall include normal lead and
lift oDO m (100') lead and 1.5 m (5') lift. Profile or fill measurement allowing settlement allowance
or borrowpit measurement shall be taken as specified. Where terupc rnr y land is costly borrowpi:
.. ' 1
SPECIFICATIONS 593
or brickbats of copper colour or deep cherry red colour. No under burnt porous or jhama bricks, or
bricks showing signs of saltpetre shall be used. The ballast shall be free from dust, dirt and foreign
matters. For foundation 40 mm (I 'hIt) gauge and for roof terracing 25 mm (I") gauge well graded
47. Surkhi-
Surkhi shall be made from fully burnt bricks but not over-burnt bricks. Surkhi shall be ground
fine and after grinding, shall be screened through sieve of25 meshes per sq em (144 meshes per sq in)
and residue on the screen shall be rejected. Surkhi shall be clean and free from foreign matters.
Surkhi shall be stacked on brick platform and protected from earth dirt, etc.
48. Cinder-
Cinder should be made from coal-ash and should be free from burnt clay, wood ash, dirt and
foreign matters. Cinder should be obtained from furnaces using coal fuel only. Cinder should be
ground fine and screened through sieve of~ meshes per sq ern (64 meshes per sq in) and residue in'
the sieve should be rejected. Cinder shall not contain more than 10% of un burnt carbon
(combustible matter).
49. Sand-
Sand shall be clean hard, durable, angular, sharp and gritty to touch and free from mica, salts,
alkalies, organic and' vegetable matters. It should not contain more than 5% .of clay or silt. Sand
should be perfectly dry before being measured. If damp sand is used, compensation shall be made
lor bul king by adding additional sand up to the extent of bulking. Sand shall be natural river sand
,r pit sand of approved quality. J\
I';!
For concrete coarse s:J.NI of.maximum size of" rnm (~i .16") shall be used. All sand shall pass
through a sieve of 5 rnrn Oi 16") sq mesh and 60 cc(1 retained on I.S, sieve 60 (B.S. 25). Fineness
modulus of coarse sand shall not be less than 2.5.
For brickwork or masonryand for plastering or pointing fine or medium sand shall be used.
This shall be screened through a sieve having 9 meshes per sq em. and the bigger particle excluded
and rejected. Fine sand should not pass more than 20% through a sieve or 400 meshes per sq em and
not more than 5% should pass through a sieve of 1600 meshes per sq em. Fineness modulus ,If [inc
.sand should not be less than 1,0. .
50. Determination of silt contents of sand by field test-
Take a (narrow long) glass measuring cylinder (say 200 ml) fill half the cylinder with sample of
sand (100 ml mark), add clean water up toy." height ofcylinder(150 ml mark), shake vigorously
allow the contents to settle Ior J hours. Coarse particle settle first at the bottom and gradually the
finer particles 'and finally thesilt at the top. The height of the silt layer(h) as visible above the sand 'IS
. .-;;
-----------_ ......
SPECIFICATIONS
measured from the graduations of the cylinder and expressed as percentage of the height (H) of the
sand below ; - .
\I The difference in the original volume and final volume is the bulking and the percentage of
I
1
bulking is { V-v x 100.}
v
Note-:-For spe!i(ications ofMud roof, Mud well, Mud plaster, etc., Chapter on Village
Housing given at the end may be consulted.
. ,ROAD SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATION OF MODERN ROAD
1. Subgrade-Shall be well consolidated and compacted each with a camber of 1 in 60.
2. Soling-Shall be 30 ern (I ') wider than the metalled width of the road surface, and may be
either of : - .
(i) Over burnt bricks laid flat or on edge well packed and joints filled up with sand 'and the
surface blinded with 2.3 ern (I") thick earth and lightly rolled with roller.
Or
(ii) Split stone boulders 15 em (6") thick laid well packed, and the surface blinded with
earth and rolled with roller. .
3. i~ter co'at-Shall be of Slone ballast. or over burnt brick ballast of l2cm (4'12") thick layer
and consolidated and compacted by road roller to 8 ern (3").
4. Top coat-Shall be of stone ballast laid in 12 ern (4 112" ) thick layer. and ~onsolidatedand
compacted by road roller to R cmt I").
5. First coat of bituminous painting-Shall be with Asphalt or Road Tar N~. 3 and stone grit
of 20 mm (~") gauge at 220 kg of asphalt and 1.35 cu m of stone grit per 100 sq m. .
6. Second coat of bituminous painting-Shall be with Asphalt or Tar No. 3-A and stone grit
III' of 12 mm (112") gauge at 120 kg of asphalt and 0.75 cu m of stone grit per 100 sq m.
7. Brick edging- Brick edging with straight over burnt bricks shall be provided on both Sides.
;?i~ _
596 , 'ESTfMATING
\
1ND COSTI~G
.' . .:'
The brick-earth shall be free from gravel, kankar and other materials. All bricks shall be overburnt,
2; Overburnt brick ballast.i--f-class brick ballast of 50 mm(2") gauge, broken at site from ~ell
overburnt bricks of copper colour shall be used. No lhama or underburnt ballast shoul.i be used.
'Brick ballast shall be homogeneous intexture and roughly cubical in shape. B~lIast shall be clean
and free from dust etc. and shall be stacked 30 crru (12") high on the levelled side-berm along the
road having the section as required per metre length for the full width of metalling. The stack
'should be continuous without any gap. For 3.70 metres wide road and 12em loose layer the stack
may be trapezium section of 1 m width 1.48 m bottom width and 30 em high .
. '3. Stonebellesto--Hard, rough and durable granite stone ballast 60 mm gauge, shall be used.
Ballast should not absorb water and should not be effected by weather action andshall be clean and
free from dust, dirt, etc. Ballast should be stacked 30 em (12") high on the levelled side-berm of the
road in a continuous stack along the road having the section as required per metre length of the
dust, dirt, etc., should be used. Kankar should show a bluish surface on fracture. Kankar shall be,
stacked 32 ern (13") high on the levelled side-berm along the road, and measured as 30 cm (12")
high. Kankar should be, cleaned and broken to gauge at the quarry and then carried to the roadside,
and cleaned again before' stacking and the stack should be made continuous without having any
gap. The top width and bottom width of stack may be I m and 1.48 m respectively and the height
will be 32 em.
", "'';'..
5.: Layin 2 and consolidation of road metal, stone ballast or brick ballast.-Laying and
consolidation shall be done during early rainy season, so that sufficient water is available for . .:";",:.
consolidation, and during the later part of the rains the ballast gets fully compacted. The surface
shall be made to a camber of I in 60 or 1 in 48 as specified and two mud walls 20 em (8") wide and 15
em (6") high shall be m Ide along the outer edges for the metalling and ballast spread evenly hand
packed to the required camber with template and bigger pieces of metal placed at the bottom. The
,ballast shall firstbe dry rolled longitudinally with 10 tonne roller commencing from the edges and
working towards the centre, and dry rollmg continued until ..he metal is ~-hor('l:!:~ly compacted.
The metal shall then be fully saturated with water and rolled until thoroughly compacted and no
mark of roller left on the surface. Rolling should be done slowly without any jerk. For checking
consolidation a few J;'ieces of stones shall be placed over the surface and roller passed over them, the
stones shall not sink if consolidation is perfect. The surface shall then be thinly blinded with sandy""
earth and' watered and rolled. Finally the side mud walls shall be rolled and pressed flush to the
surface. The surface should be brought to the required camber by placing template at regular
intervals. The road shall be opened to traffic when dry but still damp, and the traffic should be
spread over the full width by traffic diversion (Iikh katai). The patries or side-berms shall be
repaired with earth to a slope of I in 36.
6. Laying and consolidation of kankar metal-The laying and consolidation of kankar shall be
done during the early rains so that sufficient water is available for consolidation and during later
part of the rains kankar metal gets fully compacted. !
ROAD SPECIFICATIONS 597
The kankar stacks shall be opened before rain starts and sori~~'jt;l. three rows as fOllo ws:
. r. ,:\... . _. .'.
~
,
t
(1) Largest kankar (size 63 mm to 40 mm) to be used at the b~toin.
(iiI) Smallest size kankar (25 mm and below) to be used at top. . ',':-
.
. . The sur~ace should be broughtto the required camber and two mud walls 20cIn(8") wide and
.'..-:
. (h) lntermediate-0r--medlUm-slze.Jc.ankaL(sjze-4o..mmB~.1im~t~_b_e..,used. inthe_mM1Jile.
--- .....
"
15 ern (6") high shall be made along the outer edges of metalling and the surfacecleaned, and then
kankar spread in three operations, first the big sizekankarthen the medium size kankar and finally
I, at the top small size kankar and the surface brought to camber with template placed at 10m (30 ft)
apart. Kankar is then fully saturated with water and consolidated with rammers of5 to 8 kg(10 to 15
los) weight and 16 rammers shall be used for the 3.7 m(12 ft) wide road. The ramming shall be done
first at the side (haunches), to width of I m (3 ft) on each side working along the road, and then the
central portion working across the road. The ramming is. continued until. the metal has been
thoroughly compacted and no marks are left by the rammers or by any traffic moving over the new
.surface. 'When the consolidation is completed the mud-walls shall be rammed flat with the metal
surface and the surface blinded with standy soil. No blinding'should be done on kankar surface
d uring consolidation. .
,I The road shall be opened to traffic when the surface is drybut still damp. The traffic shall be
I spread over the full width by traffic diversion (likh katai). The patries or sides-berms shall be
I
t 7. First coat of painting or surface dressing with bitumen-The surface shall be bone dry and
absolutely free from dust, dirt, cowdung, etc. The cleaning shall be done first by wire brushes then
by hard brush brooms and then with soft brush, so as to expose clean metal surface to a depth of
6 mm to 12 mm (W' to W') without loosening the stone. Finally, immediately before painting all
dust, dirt, etc., should be blown away with blower of blowing with gunny bags.
Road Tar No: 3 heated to a temperature of 200 to 225F, 0t: Asphalt, 80/ 100 heated to 350
,.1 to 375 F, shall be applied.to the road surface uniformly along the road with.pouring cans or with
,I hose pipe directly connected with tar boiler, and brushed evenly over the surface'with brush brooms
or rubber squeegees working from .edge to the. crown of the road. For proper control and
.! uniformity of spreading of tar, the surface area which.can be covered by one can marked-with chalk,
1 or the length which can be covered by one drum of tar should be marked.About 220 kg of tar of
r 1
asphalt are required per 100 sq m of surface (45 lbs % sq f t . ) . '
. .
.
~
,
.; Assoon as che paint[Tar or Asphalt) has beenapplied, stone grits 7QtIlm to 6 mm (W' to W')
i
gauge, should be spread evenly on the surface. The grit should be screened. into two portions.bigger
and smaller pieces beforehand. The bigger grits shall be 'spread first and then the smaller grits at the
top. The surface shall then be rolled slowly and lightly with light road roller just to press the grits
into the paint and to give a uniform smooth surface. the quantity of stone grits should be 1.35 cum
per ,100 sq m (4.4 cu ft % sq ft). If any signs of bleeding is developed anywhere on the surface, the
spot should be covered with small stone grits or coarse sand and lightly compacted. Road may be
opend to traffic after 12 hours of rolling. .
No painting shall be done during December and January.No hot painting shall be done during
rainy season.
u 8. Second coat of painting or surface dressing with bitumen-The second coat ofpaintingsha.ll
,11,
I ' be applied when all loose grits of the first coat have been. absorbed and the surface shows a mosaic
:11
."
"':1.
.:)
',.rh-- .- --_ .... - .. ------------------_--..:.:..::.----'--
598 ESTIJATING A~D COSTING
" ,.
t. . t
~
. Z
~
":.' i
...
", :.
',:, i
.. i
..~.
......
Binder, shelmac or shelspra heated to a temperature of 320 to 340 F (or Tar No. 3-A heated ~.
to 220 to 240F) should be applied on the cleaned surface uniformly at the rate of 100 kg per %
sq m (20 lbs per % sq ft). Application should be made with sprayer but if this is not available, with
pouring can and brushed evenly. Thetack coat should be applied just ahead of spreading carpet.
CARPET
Preparation ofpremix.-Two part's of stone chips 12 mm (~.") size (passing 20 mm mesh and
retained' on 12 mm mesh) and one part of stone chips 10 mm (3/8") size (passing 12 mm mesh and
retained on 3 mm mesh) shall be loaded in drum mixer and thoroughly mixed dry. The stone chips
should be a~gular, hard tough and durable and perfectly clean. Stone chips need not be heated but
should be perfectly dry. ,'. .
The binder @ 56 kg per cu m (@ 3~ lbs per cu ft) of chips, shelmac or shelspra heated to a
temperature of 320 to 340F (or Tar No. 3-A heated to.. 220 to,"4()OF) s,hqlll)p .poured into. the
mixer and thoroughly mixed until the stone chips are thoroughly coated with binder', '
The mix shall then be discharged from the mixer on wheel-borrows or stretchers and carried to
the site.
. For 100.sq m of premix carpet surface 1.8 cu m of 12 mm size stone chips, 0.9 cu m of 10 mm
size stone chips and 155 kg of bitumen shall be req uired.
If mechanical mixer is used larger quantity can be mixed at a time.
Spreading of premix.-Immediately after applying the tack coat to the road surface the hot
premix shall be spread evenly with rakes to the desired thickness and to the correct camber and
che~ked by template. Any unevenness on the surface shallbe adjusted by adding premix bcforb
rolhng commences. . .. .
.~'
,.',
ROAD SPECIFICATIONS 599
Rolling.-As soon as sufficient length (15 m) of premix has been laid, rolling should bestarted
with 7 to 8 tonne roller. Rolling should commence at the edges and progress towards the centre.
After light rolling high spots or depressions, which become apparent should be corrected by
removing or adding premix and then-rolled to-thorough-compactien.Bxeessive rolling.sh ould.be
avoided. Roller wheel should be kept damp to.prevent the premix from adhering and picking up.
SAND FLUSHING
Over this compacted surface immediately after rolling, dry coarse sand should be spread at the
rate of 0.3 cu m per % sq m (I cu ft per %sq ft) and rolled again until a smooth surface is obtained.
Sand should be coarse, clean, hard, durable and free from dust, dirt and organic matter.
Traffic may be allowed on the carpet surface after 24 hours of completion of rolling.
Seal coat-A seal coat shall be applied as soon as found necessary but not later than 1 ~ years
after laying the carpet. The binder shelspra or shelmac orTar No. 3-A should be heated (as for tack
coat) and mixed with dry coarse sand (or 6 mrn size stone chips) and then spread on the road surface
uniformly and rolled. The quantity of sand and binder should be at the rate .75 cum ofsand per %
sq m (2.5 cu 1% sq ft) of surface and 128 kg of bitumen (binder) per cu m of sand (8lbs per cu ft) .
Instead of seal coat of premix and binder, a coat of surface dressing may be applied as in
..... -' .
Hot-mix- Hot-mix type rnay be used' with suitable quality and grade of asphalt where both
the binder and the aggregate shall have to be heated separately and then mixed together, and then
carried and applied on the road surface while hot and rolled. ' :;;'; ::CL, ~ !: .T,' .. '
. .#.; .I' ~ :1: .:.~f... '7.": : .::;.. ,
ways (P.H.)
'. Width of road formation in Hills 5.5 m-7-5 m 5.5 m-7.5 m 2 m for Briddle road
Briddle road
4. Minimum height of bank above,
flood level 60 ern '60 em 45 em 30cm
I 2. Maximum superrelevation
In plains
In hills
..... .
...... '
ROAD ~F'ECIFICATIONS 6bi
22. Arboriculture-
Distance on either side from,
centre 11m' II m 9m
Distance apart along road 12m 12 m 12 m
~. ,
23. Side slopes of earthen
formation-
in banking 2: I to Ilh : I depending on the
in cutting , 1i;2: I to I : I nature of soil.
'Note.- Thickness of metal crust should 'be designed taking the intensity ofiraffic iru o , '
consideration and working out P.!., C.B.R, value, etc., of the soil (See Chapter 16).
Culverts and minor bridges should be provided in the road ~stimate. For major bridge-s
separate e~timate should be prepared.
'1,1
AI!lI' ----------------:--
CHAPTER 4
Measurement of works occupies a very important place in the planning and execution of any
work or project, from the time of the first estimate are made until the completionand settlement of
payments. The methods followed [or the measurement are not uniform and the practices as
prevalent differ considerably in between the States. Even in the same state different departments
follow different methods. For convenience a uniform method should be followed throughout the
country. The uniform methods of measurement to be followed which is applicable to the:
preparation of the estimates and bill of quantities and to the side measurement of completed works
have been described below.
GENERAL RULES
I. Measurement shall be item wise for the finished item of work and the description of each
item shall be held to include materials, transport, labour, fabrication, hoisting, tools and plants,
overheads and other incidental charges for finishing the work tothe required shape, size, design and
specifications. The nomenclature of each item shall be fully described so that the work involved in
item is self-explanatory. .
2. In booking dimensions the order shall be in the sequence of length, breadth and height or
depth or thickness. .
3. All work shall be measured net subject to following tolerances unless otherwise stated
(a) Dimensions shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 metre, i.e., I em (Y2").
(b) Areas shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 sq m (0.1 sq ft) ..
(c) Cubic contents shall be worked up to the nearest 0.0 I cu m (0.1 cu ft).
4. Same type of work under different cond itions and nature shall be measured separately under
separate items.
5. The bill of quantities shall fully describe the materials; proportions and werkrnanships, and
accurately represent the work to be executed. Work which. by its nature cannot be accurately taken
off or which requires site measurements. shall be described as Provisional.
6. In case of structural concrete, brickwork or stone masonry, the work under the following
categories shall be measured separately and the heights shall be described
(a) from foundation to plinth level: (b) From plinth level to first floor level; (c) Frornfirst floor
level to second floor level and so on.
The parapet shall be measured with the corresponding items of the story next below:
Principle of units- The. units of different works depend on their nature, size and shape. In
general the units 0: liii-:ercnt items of work are based on the following principle "
ili l
III
,
I, ; ,1
ETHODS~OF MEASW REMENT j 603
"
~\,
,',
i) Mass, voluminous and thick works shall be taken in. cubic unit' or volume! The.
measurement of length, breadth and height or depth shall be taken to compute the
volume or cubic coP,tents (cu m), , . ' , , ' ... , ".: ' ., .,.. ' .. "., , . ' , \
ii) Shallow, t\~;n', and~~~r'face '~~rkshal\ be: taken' in square units' or in area. The
measurement of length and breadth or height shall be taken to compute the area (sq m).
" . 1 ' .
iii) Long and thin work shall be taken in linear or- running unit, and linear measurement
shall be taken (run?ing metre).'
iv) Piece work, job work, etc., shall be enumerated, i.e., taken in number.
, "
EARTHWORK
Earthwork shall be taken in cu m (cu ft)and the length, breadth and height or depth shall be
measured to get the cubic content. '
Earthwork of different nature as in excavation in foundation, in trenches, etc., and in filling in
plinth, in banking, etc., shall be measured under separate items.
, '
Earthwork in different kinds of soil as ordinary soil, hard soil, ordinary rock, hard rock, etc.,
shall be classified separately and measured under separate item.
Excavation shall include throwing of the excavated earth at least one metre clear of the edge of
excavation.
Dressing or trimming and levelling or grading, ramming and consolidation thickness of each
layer, etc., shall be described and included in the item of earthwork.
Measurement of excavation or .trenches or borrowpits shall be taken for average dimensions.
When the ground is fairly uniform 'Desdmen 'or 'Tell-Tales 'which shall be \eft atsuitable interva\s
to determine the average depth of excavation. For uneven or sloping ground diagona\ 'Tell-Tales'
I shall be left.
No deduction shall be made for Deadmen, Tell-Tales, which shall be removed after the
measurements have been taken and checking has been completed.
When the ground is very uneven levels shall be taken before the start and after the completion
of the earthwork by levelling instrument and the average depth of excavation or fillirig shall be
determined from these levels.
Whenever it is not possible or convenient to make measurements from cutting the filling or
banking shall be measured and deduction for shrinkage or voids (settlement allowances) shall be
made from actual measured cubic contents depending on the nature of the soilanc' IDt>th'1rl~ ')f
consolidation. Generally 10% deduction shall be made in case of ordinary consolidated fills and in
I
case of consolidation done by heavy machinery a deduction of 5% shall be made.
For road earthwork in banking, the profile or fill measurement may be taken and usual
settlement or shrinkage allowance shall be given, The volume 0: quantity shall De obtained by
I
I
!
multiplying sectional area by the 'length. Quantity = Length x ~~ (Top width +Bottom width) x
Height.
. No separate measurement shall be taken, for setting out works, profiles. site clearance,
deadmen, stepping, removal of slips or falls, bailing out watcr frorn rains, ctc., these arc included in
the rate.
Lead and lift-The measurement shall be taken separately for every 30 m (100 ft) lead or
distance and every 1,5 In (5 ft) lift or heigh lor depth. The lead shall be measured from the centre of
604 ESTIMATING AND COSTlNG
the area of excavation to the centre of the area ofspoil heap. Similarly lift shall be measured from
the centre of excavation to the centre of spoil heap. .
.. The normal rate is for each unit of 30m-(-I-00'-) lead-and -L5m{5') lift. For-greater.lead.or.lift..
the rate shall tie different for every unit of 30 m (100ft) lead, and for every unit of 1.5m (5 ft) lift.
I.S.1. specifies the unit of lead as 50 m, measured over the shortest practicable route.
Foundation trench- Unless otherwise specified the foundation trench shall be measured in cu
m for rectangular section, bottom width being width of concrete and the depth shall be measured as
vertical depth even though the contractor might have excavated with sloping sides for convenience.
Return, fill and ram - Returning, filling and ramming excavated earth shall be taken .in cu III
(cu ft) under a separate item and shal.1 include spreading in layers of 20 ern (8") in depth, watering,
ramming and levelling. .
Puddling-Clay puddle work shall be taken in cu m (cu ft) and shall be described including
supply of clay, its preparation, placing in layer of 15 em (6"), ramming, etc.
Surface dressing- Trimming and dressing of natural ground to remove vegetation and small
irregularities not exceeding 15 ern (6") deep shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) under a separate item
'Surface Dressing'.
Cutting down trees exceeding 30 ern (12") girth shall be accounted separately and enumerated,
i.e., taken in numbers, stating the girth at I m (3') above ground and paid separately.
Surface excavation-Excavationexceeding 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sq m in plan but not
exceeding 30 cm in depth shall be described as Surface excavation and measured in sq m.
Pumping- When spring water requires pumping the workof pumping or dewatering shall be
taken under a separate item.
Timbering-Timbering or 'Planking and Struting' for protecting the sides of trench or loose
earth.shall be measured in sq m of face supported, and shall be classified under separate items as :
(a) Depth not exceeding 1.5 m; (b) Depth exceeding 1.5 m but not exceeding
5 m; (c) Depth exceeding 5 m.
Form work, centering and shuttering shall be taken under separate itemin sq m (sq ft) unless
otherwise herein provided. Formwork shall be measured as the actual surface in contact with the
concrete, For slabs vertical sides (edges) shall not be measured. - - ._-_ .... _.,-_ ..
'
~.~----_.-
Expansion joints-Expansion joints in roofs, floors, walls, road, etc., shall be measured in i
running metre (r ft), the depth and width of joint and materials used for filling shall be described.
Joints-Jallies or Jaffries, louvers shall be described and thicknesccpccified and taken in sq m
(sq ft). Reinforcement shall be described and included in the item.
Concrete posts-Fencing posts, corner posts, struts etc., shall be taken in cu m and
reinforcement and formwork shall be included and described.
Concrete piles-Concrete piles shall be described and taken in eu m (eu ft) and classified
according to the section and length. Steel reinforcement shall be included with the item and fully
described.
Head and shoes of steel or iron shall be enumerated, i.e., taken in numbers and weight of each
stated.
Pitching and driving of piles shall be enumerated stating size and length. If specified the
driving of piles may' be taken and measured in running metre for the portion driven below ground
level.
Damp proof course-Damp proof course shall be fully described and taken in sq m (sq Tt)
stating the thickness. The item shall include formwork finishing, levelling, curing, etc. The
horizontal and vertical damp proof courses shall be measured separately.
BRICKWORK
The description of the bricks, and of the materials of mortar with proportion shall be stated.
Different kinds and classes of brickwork shall be taken under separate items, The brickwork of
~--------
606 ESTlMATlNG AND COSTlNG .~
\,
. ~.
foundation and plinth, of first floor, of second floor, etc., shall be measured under separate items.
Scaffolding works are not measured separately but included in the item of brickwork.
Thickness of wall-Brick walls upto and including three bricks in thicknessshall be measured
in multiples of half brick, which shall be deemed to be inclusive of the mortar joint. The following
shall be taken as brick measurement : - .
For brick nominal size 22.9xl1.4 X7.6 em (9"X4Y2"x3"), Half brick size is 11.4 em (4\12").
For brick nominal size 22.5xI2.7x7.6 em (1O"x5"X3"), Half brick size is 12.7 ern (5").
For walls which are more than three bricks in thickness, the actual thickness shall be measured
to the nearest 1 ern (W').
Where functions of half brick occur due to architectural or other reasons, the measurements
shall be taken as follows :
(a) For fractions of 2 ern under actual measurement.
(b) For fractions exceeding 2 em-full half brick.
(~) Wall platesand bed plates, bearing' of slabs, chajjas and the like where the thickness
does not exceed 10 ern and the bearing does not extend overthetull width (thickness) or
wall, '
Fire place, chimneys, etc.i--Brickwcrk shall be measured as solid in cu m (cu ft) if smoke or
airflues do not exceed 0.25 sq m (2.5 sq ft) in sectional area, no deduction shall be made for flues and
no extrct payment shall be made for pargetting and coring of flues. When flues exceed 0.25 sq m (2.5
sq ft) in.sectional area deduction shall be madefor the core opening andpargetting and coring of
flues taken separately in running metre (I' ft) stating the siz.e of flue.
,Pillars-The pillars shall be measured in cu m (cu It) for their net volume and fully described.
Arches and vaultso--Brickwork in arches and vaulting shall be measured in cu m (cu ft)
separately and shall include centering for spans up to 6 metres (20 ft). For spans exceeding 6 metres
.~
607
METHODS OF MEASUREMENT.
, ,
(20 ft) centering shall be measured separately in sq m (sq ft)as the actual area of the soffit to be
supported. '
Well steining.-Brickwork in well steining shall be measured in cu m (cu ft) separately stating
themean radius -an'dffi-e-tofil'depifi-ofsterriiil."g.-SteeTfier(jas"a:-rid-fiafsshall"be "meastifeasepatately
in quintal (cwt).
Sinking of well steining shall be measured in running metre(r ft) separately in stages of 3 m(lO
ft) and shall include all tackles, loading platform loads, dredgingor excavation, etc. The rate of
Well curb of R.C.C. or timber shall be taken under separate item in cu m (cuft) and shall be
'fully described. Steel in R.C.C. or in wellcurb shall be taken separately in quintal (cwt).
Honeycomb brickwork.-Honeycomb brickwork shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) stating the
thickness of well and the pattern of honey-combing. Honeycomb holes or opening shall not be
deducted.
Partition wall.-Half brick wall or brick-on-edge shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) stating the
thickness and shall be fully described including mortar and its proportion. Reinforcement as hoop
irons, wire netting or bars if provided shall be included in the items and fully described, stating type
width, gauge or thickness or diameter and spacing. '
Reinforced brickwork.- Reinforced brickwork shall be taken in cu m (cu ft) under separate
item the steel reinforcement shall be measured separately in quintal (cwt).
Brick edging.- Brick edging by the sides of roads, paths and the like shall be described and
measured in running metre (r ft). '
Moulding and cornices.-String courses, corbel, drip course, cornices, etc., shall be fully
described and measured in running metre (r ft).
Toothing and bonding.-Toothing and bonding for new and existing walls shall be taken
under a separate item, in sq m (sq ft) and measured on the vertical face.
Brickwork around steel joists.-Extra labour in cutting and fitting brickwork around steel
joists, stanchions, girders, etc., shall be measured in sq m (sq ft) the girth ofjoists, girders, etc., being
measured.
STONE MASONRY
The de scr iptionof stc.ie, ::.~i.(,.ic:Js C;" .nortar andtheir pre porticn and the nature-and type. 01
walling shall be stated. Different kind of stone masonry as Random or Uncoursed rubble walling.
coursed rubble walling, ashlar walling, etc., shall be taken under separate items.
Stone masonry work shall be taken in cu m (cu ft). Thr thickness of wall shall be measured to
(he nearest I em (iF'), fractions including 0.5 Col (Y.i") and above shall be measured a:. I ern t y;")
and fractions he 10''''' 0.5 Col (Yt") shall be ignored.
Rules for deduction, measurement of an arch work andother items of stone masonry shall be
same as for the ... imilar items of brickwork.
Stone face work or wall lining shall be described and taken in sq m (sq ft) stating the thickness.
Stone chujja, stone shelves, stone sun-shades and stone slabs shall be taken in sq m (sq ft)
stating the thickness and described including, dressing, etc.
608 ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Dressed stone work in sills, steps, columns, copings lintels, etc., shall be taken in cu m (cu ft)
and the type of dressing shall be described fully. Each dressed stone shall be measured as the
smallest rectangular dressed block from which finished dressed block can be worked. String course,
cornic~s,.~t~., shalU;>G.J:neasuredjnrunning.metre.(dt) describing-dctails-of-seetions. 00 0 0
Boulder work shall be taken in cu m (cu ft) stating the size of boulders. Different kind and
nature of boulder work shall be taken under separate item.
WOODWORK
Carpenter's work.-Generally all wood work of which the scantling exceeds 20 sq ern (3 sq in)
in section and which is not specially moulded or carved comes under carpenter's work. This
includes all timber work in door and window chaukhats, in roof works as beams, struts, tics, rafters,
purlins (all work in roof trusses), in timber bridge in verandah posts, in centering and shuttecing, in
shoring, and the like.
Joinery.- Woodwork which is prepared, turned, moulded, carved andjointed together comes
under joinery. Joiner's work requires finishing and putting together at the bench and includes door
and window shutters, framed partitions, furnitures and the like.
o CLASSIFICATION OF TIMBER
(a) Batten.-Battens are pieces of sawn timber, whose dimensions do not exceed 5 ern (2")
either in breadth or in thickness.
(b) Scantlings.-Scantlings are pieces of sawn 'timber whose cross-sectional dimensions
exceed 5 ern (2") in both directions and do not exceed 20 cm (8") in both directions.
(c) Baulks.-Baulks are pieces of sawn timber whose cross-sectional dimensions exceed 5 em
(2") in one direction and 20 ern (8") in other direction.
(d) Planks. -Planks are pieces of sawn timber whose thickness does not exceed 5 ern (2/1) and at
the same time the width exceeds twice the thickness.
,- .
CARPENTER'S WORK
Different kind of wood and different nature of woodwork shall be taken under separate item
and shall be fully described stating the wood and the work. 0
-: Woodwork (carpenter'< ..... o r ]; 1 <hal] be taken in cu m (cu ft). Length shall be measured to the
nearest 2 ern (I."). Width and t~id;.n~~:::- shal] be measured ro the.nearest Z rnrn (LI 16"), All week .
shall be measured net as fixed arid tolerance of2 mm (I f 16") may be allowed. No allowance shall be
made for the sawn or wrought [aces for the finished work. Scantlings.bauens etc., in sections other
than rectangular. shall he rncasurcd a- the least rectangular form which the section can be obtained.
I All woodwork shall include nails. .screvvs. spikes etc., required for fixing. .
Boarding.-Roof boarding, ceiling. floor shelves, partition, etc., shall be taken in sq m (sq ft)
staring the finished thickness and shall be fully described. Supporting beams, framework, shall be
taken separately in cu rn (cu ft). 0 0
o I 0
.. _
-,-'
III
. METHODS OF MEASUREMENT 609
Formwork of different kind of works as beams, lintels, floors, roads, walls, columns.staircases,
etc., shall be measured under separate items and fully described.
concrete surface shall be meesured and side shuttering shall not be taken into account (C.P. W. D.
Specifications). .
Roof battenso-- Roof battens, where not included with the item of roof, shall be taken as
surface area of the roof in sq m (sq ft) stating the size of battens and the spacing.
FiIlets.-Fillets; beadings, etc., shall be measured in funning metre (r ft) stating thewidth and
Ballies.-Ballies shall be measured in running metre (r ft) stating the mean diameter which
Wood piles.- Wood piles shall be measured in running metre (r ft) stating the size. Steel shoes li,.,'\, I,
Sheet piles shall be measured separately in sq m (sq ft) stating the thickness and shall be
described.
Driving and pitching of whole piles shall be taken in running metr-Jr ft) and of sheet piles in
sq m (sq It) stating the size in each case. Portion in ground only shall be measured.
JOINERY
Description and quality and kind of wood shall be stated and joinery of different kind of work
. Joinery work shall be taken in sq m (sq ft)ofthesurface stating the thickness. Alljoiner's work
shall include nails, screws, keys, wedges, pins, glue, etc., required for fitting and all fittings shall be
included in item. Unless work is described as finished sizes, 2 mm (1/6")-shali be allowed for each
wrought face.
. Door and window shutters.-Shutter shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) stating the thickness and the
. kind of wood and both faces shall be described. Measurement shall be taken from inside after
,clOSlOg the shutters excludingchaukhat. Different types of shutters as (1) Ledged, and
oattened, (ii):"'ecged; braced and battened. (ifi,! Framed, ledgedbraced and battened: (iv) Framed
and panelled, (\.) Framed and louvered. ( Ii) Flush, (vii) Glazed, (\'iil) Part panelled and part glazed,
etc., shall be taken separately and each type fully described.
r
Thickness of battened leave shall be the thickness of battens only, not the combined thickness
of battens and ledges the thickness oi ledges and braces shall be stated in the description.
Glazed shutters shall be measured flat over all in sq rn (sq ft) including the timber Irurncwor k,
stating the thickness of timber frame and of glass panes. Glazing shall not be measured separately.
The method of fixing glass panes as puttied. felted. wooden beading fitted with nail. screws. etc.,
shall be described and different type of fixing shall be measured under separate item.
Part panelled and part glazed shutters. shall be measured flat over all in sq m (sq It ) and how
Glass panes.s--For supply glass shall be measured in sq m (sq ft) stating the thickness and type
of glass. Measurement, length and breadth shall be taken to the nearest 5 mm (y-!"). Irregular or
circular panes shall be measured at the smallest rectangular area from which theycanbecutunless ~ __
otherwisespecified, . ...- - ... ---.,- -- ------------- --
Doorand window chaukhat.-Chaukhats mullion and transomes shall be taken in cu m (cu ft)
and the length of tenons, horns etc., shall be added to the sight lengths. The sectional area shall be
the area of the least square or rectangle from which they may be cut or made. Rebates, beads,
chamfers etc., shall be described and included with the item. Portion of chaukhats of segmental or
circular shape shall be measured separately and described. Type of wood shall be stated and
chaukhat of different kind of wood shall be kept separate.
Wooden' staircase- Work of staircases shall be measured under separate headings.
Landing.including bearers shall be measured under a separate item in sq m (sq ft) of the upper
surface, stating the thickness.
. Treads and risers shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) stating thickness, the area being obtained by
multiplying the length of tread by the exposed width of the tread, plus the rise from step to step and
...._. the work shall be described stating the kind of timber's method of jointing, fixing, etc .
Hand rails shall be taken in running metre (r ft)'and measured along the top centre line stating
the extreme section of the straight portions and mouldings and rounding.
Balusters shall be taken in numbers stating the size and shall include framingsat ends shall be
fully described. . .
Newals shall be described and measured in running metre (r ft) stating the section and the
nature of finishing. .
Miscellaneous items.-Towel rails, contain brackets, plate racks, toilet fixtures, small fittings,
furnitures etc., shall be taken in numbers stating the size and shall be fully described.
Builder's hardwares.-Builder's hard ware is the trade name of the articles made of base metal
as iron, steel, copper, etc. The various kinds of builder's hardware shall be described and
enumerated and taken separately according to the materials, finish, size and pattern. The following
Hinges, door hand les, hasp and stapples, locks, hat pegs, hat and coat hooks..... ardrobc hooks,
knobs, springs, screwed eyes, cle-ats, latches, bolts and the like .. :
Curtain rods or poles, curtain rails, for running sashes, etc., shall be measured in running
Clazing.-Giazing shall be measured in sq m (sq ft) ~tating the quality, weight and thickness.
The method "f ~Ialing and fixing with putty, wooden beads, metal beads, .etc., shall be fully
described. Diftcrcru kind of glass and different methods of fixing each shall be taken separately,
In general steel and iron work shall be measured by weight in.juantity (cwt) and fullv described.
Various items of rolled steel sections as joists, channels, angles, tees, mild steel rounds, flats. bolts,
. ~ ", cast iron, wrought iron. etc .. shall be measured under separate items .
Cast iron railings shall be measured in running metre (r ft) stating the height and fully
described including the method of fixing.
Spiral staircase-Cast iron spiral staircase shall be enumerated (i.e., counted as one for the
complete work) stating the overall diameter, total number of treads and total height above ground
level. ~he description shall include tread, riser and sleeves in one piece including hand rails,
bal usters, etc. .
Cast iran chcqucrcd plates shall be described and measured in quintal (cwt).
Expended ttictsl. wire netting etc., shall be measured in sq m (sq ft) stating gauge and mesh. No
ded uction shall be made for openings up to 0.2 sq m (2 sq ft), Different items shallbej(epl'S~parate.
Binding wire shall not be measured separately, this shall be included in the item.
Fabric reinforcement shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) stating the mesh ana size of strands.
. .
Wire netting in wrappings to steel work embedded in concrete or plaster, in encasing steel work
shall be measured separately in sq mIsq ft) stating the mesh and gauge.
Hoop iron shall be measured in running metre (r ft}stating the width and gauge.
612 ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Wire fencing.c-Plain or barbed wire in fencing shall be measured in running metre (r ft) and
shall be described stating the gauge. Each line of wire shall be measured. Fencing posts shall be
measured separately. _ _
c;ij~psibj~gate~-shall-bet~-ken- by overall area in sq m (sq ft) or by weight in quintal and fully
describe d stating the size of gate opening, channel pickets, pivoted Oat bars, size of mesh when fully
extended. The top and bottom runners, locking Iugs, hand les, etc., shall be described and included
in the item. The work shall include erection in position and securing runners with hold fasts or
brackets which shall be described.
Rolling shutters shall be measured flat in sq m (sq ft) stating the gauge and width of slats,
distance between centres of interlock and the bridge depth. The description shall include spring
winding mechanism, top cover, jamb guides, bottom rail and locking arrangements including
erection and finishing in position. .
Steel doors and windows shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) stating the sizes of various numbers and
shall be described. Hanging, fixing and fastening in position shall be included and described.
Manufacturer's protective treatment as galvanizing, painting, etc., shall be described.
Lightning conductors.-Conductors and band of tape shall be measured in running metre (r
ft) in position after fixing stating width, gauge or thickness, metal, etc and shall be described,
induding the method of fixing. Socket attachments and rods shall be enumerated and shall be fully
described.
ROOF COVERING
General.-Roof covering shall generally be taken in sq m (sq ft) and measurements of laid roof
shall be taken without any allowance forlaps. Opening up to 0.4 sq m (4 sq ft) shall not he described.
Supporting structure of the roof shall be taken under separate item. Timber trusses (rafters, ties,
purlins, etc.) shall be taken in cu m (cu ft) and steel trusses shall be taken in quintal (cwt),
SLOPING ROOF
Sheet roofings hall be taken in sq m (sq ft) ofthe laid work net. The gauge of the metal, whether
black or galvanized, plain or corrugated and the methods offixing including side and end laps shall
be described. .
Corrugated sheeting shall be measured flat not girthed .
. Ridges, hips, valleys flashings, etc., shall be measured in running metre (r ft) stating the girth.
lap, etc., and shall be desci ibed includingtbemcthod of fixing.' ..
Asbestos cement sheeting shall be measured nat and not girthed, The type of sheeting plain.
corrugated or semi-corrugated shall be described stating the thickness. When the ridges or hips are
in two pieces measuremetit shall be taken in running metre (r [t) for one length only for the two
interlock pieces.
Roof tiling shall be taken in sq m (sq Inofthe laid work net stating the kind. pattern. quality,
size and thickness of tile numbers of layers, etc .. and the method of laving shall be described. If laid
in two layers only one surface area shall be measured and numberofl~\'ers shall be stated. Different
kind of tile roof shall be kept separate. -. .
Ridges and hips shall be measured in running metre(r It) stating the girth.
Eave ;t~le;s bedded in mortar or walls shall be taken in running metre (r It) as 'extra ov-r ' for
eaves describing the mortar and width of bedding. . ...
METHODS OF MEASUREMENT 61J
Ifspecified the brickwork injack arch may be taken in volume basis in cu tn, the concrete in
haunch filling may be taken in cu m and the plastering in soffit may be taken in sq m each under a
sepereteitcm. __ ____ ..__ _ .___ .___ __ _ ._ _ . .__ ______. .
Lime concrete t-:.,i.-:.cing haunch filling, and top finishing shall be taken separately in sq m (sq
ft) in the same way as for terraced roof.
Rain water fitting.-Rain water pipe gutter, etc., shall be taken in ru~ning metre (r .ft) stating
the material, diameter or girth, gauge or weight or thickness, etc. All specials as bends, Junctions,
etc. and. fittings and jointings shall be included in the item. Iron brackets for gutters shall be
measured separately in quintal.
,CEILING
Ceiling shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) and the materials, thickness and the method of fixing shall
be described. No deduction shall be made for opening not exceeding 0.4 sq m (4 sq It). Different
kind of ceiling shall be kept separate.
Cover fillets or beading over joints shall be measured separately in running metre (r ft) stating
the materials, width and thickness. If the edgesof fillets are chamferred or rounded or moulded, this
shall be described.
Supporting member shall be measured separately under the respective items.
- "
Insulation layer, boards or slabs in walls or roof shall Le taken in sq m (sq ft) stating the
materials, number of layers, thickness of each layer and the manner of fixing.
FLOORS AND PAVINGS
Floors and pavements shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) and net area covered shall be measured
stating the thickness, kind of materials, size, mortar and its mix. The method of bedding, jointing
and surface finishing shall be described including the formwork.
Different kind of flooring as brick flat, brick-on-edge stone, marble, cement concrete, mosaic
terrazo, etc., shall be taken under separate' item. .
The surface finishing of cement concrete floor shall be measured in sq m separately unless
otherwise stated and fully described. In practice the surface finishing of cement concrete floor with
a floating coat of neat cement is usually included in the item. The rubbing and polishing of mosaic,
terrazo, marble or stone floor are usually included in the item. Pointing of brick floor shall be
measured in sq m (sq ft) separately unless otherwise stated. .
. .. . '. - .': .' "
Under layer of lime concrete, or cement concrete sand, etc., shall be described and measured
separately in cu m (cu ft) unless otherwise stated. . .
Skirting and dado.-Skirting up to 30 ern in heightshall be measured in running metre (r ft)
and skirting or dado ex.ceeding 30 ern shall be measured in sq m (sq ft) stating the type of finish.
PLASTERING AND POINTING
Plastering.-Plasterillg shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) stating thickness, mortar and its mix.
Plastering of all roofs ceiling, walls, etc., shall be measured under separate items. The measurement
of all plastering shall be taken for the dimensions before plastering for length and from top to floor
or skirting to the ceiling for height. Exterior plastering to a height greater than tOm (30 It) from
average ground level shall be measured separately in stages of 3 m ( 10ft),. .
Plastering bands 30 em (12") or below shall be measured in funning metre (I' It ).
'i
METHODS OF MEASUREMENT Cd5
Deductions
(a) No deductions shall be made for ends of joists, beams, posts, etc., and openings. not
exceeding 0.5 sq rn (5 sq ft) each and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs,
soffits, sills, etc., of these openingsnorfinishing pl-aster around ends of Joints, beams,
posts, etc.
(b) For openings exceeding 0.5 sq m (5 sq ft) but not exceeding 3 sq m (30 sq ft)' each
deduction shall be made for one face only and the other face shall be allowed for jambs,
soffits and sills which shall not be measured.
(c) When the two faces are plastered with different mortars or if one side is plastered the'
other pointed, deduction shall be made on the side of chaukhat of door and windows on
which the width ofjambs or reveals is less than on the side. (Usually, deduction shall be
made for the outer face only).
(d) In case of openings of area above 3 sq m (30 sq ft) each deduction shall be made for both
faces of the openings, and the jambs and sills, shall be measured andadded. In taking
measurement of jambs, soffits and sills, chaukhat if any shall be neglected and the whole
shall be measured.
Moulded cornices and eaves shall be measured in running metre (r ft) stating the girth and shall
be fully described. - _ -_ 1
PO~NTING-Pointi.n? s?all be taken in ~q m .(sq ft) ~nd measured fl~t ~f the whole surface
area stating the type of pointing mortar and Its mix. Various types of pomting as, struck flush,
. keyed, truck, etc., shall be taken separately. Pointing of wall, floor, roof, etc., shall be kept separate.
Raking of joints shall be included in the item.
Deductions shall be dealt in the same way as for plastering.
WHITE WASHING, COLOUR WASHING AND DISTEMPERING
All works falling under this shall be taken in sq m (sq ft). Preparation of surface as cleaning,
brooming, scraping, etc., shall be included in the item. The items shall include repairs of surfaces as
holes, cracks, patches.etc., not:exceeding 0.1 sq m (I sq ft) with materials similarto existing surface.
Different types of works shall be measured separately and described. Deduction shall be dealt in the
same way as for plastering.
Finishing coat on corrugated surface shall be measured flat as fixed in sq m (sq ft) and not
girthed and the quantities so measured shall be increased by the following percentages and added
wit': the measured ;n'a :----,-
Corrugated iron sheets . 14 per cent
Corrugated asbestos cement sheet with large corrugations (as Big sixsheets) 20 per cent
Semi-corrugated asbestos cement sheets (as Trafford sheets) '.'>
10 per cent
Cornices and mouldings, when these are not taken as separate item, shall be girthed and J
flat. Preparatory work as cleaning rubbing down, removing, burning off, etc., shall be described.
Different types of surfaces as steel, wood, fibre board; concrete surface etc., shall be measured under
separate item. Painting in large area as roof ceiling etc., shall be kept separate and painting of small
areas as doors and windows. steel works. etc.. shall each be taken under separate item.
Corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat in sq m (sq ft) and percentage )ncrease similar to
white washing, etc., shall be added.
. Doors and windows.-Painting of doors and windows shall be._~_e.~_'-:1r~<i (;IQ_s_~Q andflat.no]
girthed in sq m (sq ft) and shall includechaukhat edges,cIeats, etc. Different types of doors and
windows as battened, panelled, glazed, etc., shall be grouped .under one item and the areas of
uneven surfaces shall be covered into equivalent plain area by multiplying the flat measured area by
a multiplying factor.
The co-efficients or multiplying factors for different surfaces to get equivalent plain area are as
given below :
Particulars Method of Multiplying
Measurement Factors
Doors-end Windows-
I. Panelled, framed, and braced, ledged and Measured flat not I Y8 (for each side).
battened, ledged, battened and braced. girthed including
chaukhat, edges, chocks,
. cleats, etc., shall be
included in the item.
2. Fully glazed or gauged. Same as above. Y2 (for each side).
3. Part panelled and part glazed or gauged Same as above. I (for each side).
4. Flush door Same as above. I (for each side)
5. Flush venetioned or lauvered Same as above. I Y2 (for each side).
Miscellaneous works-,-.
6. Boarding with cover fillets and match Measured flat not I 1/20 (for each side).
boarding. -grithed
7. Roof battens (tile or slate roof).. Measured flat overall, ~ (for painting all-
no deduction for open over).
spaces.
8. Trellies or jaffri work one way or two Same as for (6) above, 2 (for painting all-
way. (Supporting members over).
shall not be measured
separately).
9. Guard bars, balustrates, grating, railings, Measured flat overall no I (for painting all
griltsv.expanded .metal, etc. deduction for open over)
spaces.
10. Corrugated iron sheeting in roof: '. Measured flat not 1.14 (for each side).
girthed.
r I. A.e. corrugated sheeting in roof Measured flat not 1.20 (for each side).
girthed.
12. A.C. semi--eorrugated sheeting in roof Measured] flat not 1.1 J (for each side).
girthed
13. Steel rolling shutters. Measured flat not . I ~ (for each side).
girthed.
Painting upto 15 ern (6") in width or in girth and not in conjunction with similar work shall be
measured in running metre (r ft).
ME~'HODS OF MEASUREMENT 617
~ I
,~, . ~ i .
, ,
r
' . t- 1
Painting on components of tr~lsses, compqun?' girders. stanchions.ilatices and ~imilar work
shall be taken in sq m (sq ft).and me~suren1cntpfpe~Jmet~~~Qd-,engthshall be taken fO'get the area.
. .Painting on eaves.vgutters, pipes, steel poles, etc., shall be measured in runnirtg metre (r ft)
stating thesizeand girth:' ... :~. ... .:.~._.. _.._.'.--. ...--;.. .... .----------..---.. -
; ..
Coal tarring shall be measured similar to 'painting.
Varnishing of wood work shafl be measured in the same way as for painting.
. Painting ofletters and figures and similar items shall be enumerated stating height, form and
style, namely block italics, etc. Stops, commas, hyphens and the like shall be deemed included in the
item.
fixing. Pipes of different types and different types of joints shall be taken separately. The diameter
Pipes shall be measured in running metre (r ft) net as laid or fixed with overall fittings such as
bends, junction, etc., which shall not be measured separately: The length shall be measured ~ODg
the centre line of the pipes -and fittings. Methods of laying and jointing shall be fully described.
Testing of pipe line shall be included in the item. Lead caulked joints shall be enumerated
separately. . . i
Digging and refilling of trenches, concrete bedding, etc., shali be either measured separately or
cl ubbed with the main item. Usually for small diameter pipes the digging and refilling, timbering if
required, concrete bedding, etc., are included with the main item and fully described.
Fitting and apptiances---Gullies, syphons, intercepting traps, etc. including concrete bedding
and setting in position shall be enumerated stating the size.
Connection of fittings, elbows, bends, tees, connectors unions, diminishing sockets and the
like shall be enumerated.
Cutting through walls, floors, etc., and making good shall be included with the item.
. . . . .
Closet pans.' urinals. flushing cisterns, lava.o ..y ~as:;-.~,j.:t~ tt'~:, shower rose and ot he r
fillings shall be enumerated stating the size and fully described.
Sluice valves, stop cocks, hydrants, surface boxes, water metres, etc., shall be described stating
size and enumerated.
Bib-cocks, pillar cocks, ball cocks, ferrules, gratings, etc., shall be described stating the size
and enumerated.
I
i
;
!
Boilers, cisterns, cylinders, water tanks, etc., shall be-enumerated stating the size, capacity.
materials, etc., and fully described.
Manholes.-Manholes up to 6 m (20 It) depth shall be enumerated stating the size and depth
and shall include cast iron cover with frame (weight to be stated) foot iron, inverts, materials and
mortar, formwork, etc., all of which shall be fully described. . .
ELECTRICAL WORK
Electrical wiring shall be taken in points as light point, fan point, plug point, etc., and shall be
Wiring in different systems such as Tough rubber sheathed (T.R.S.) on battens. Vulcanized
insulated rubber (V.I.R.) in casing or capping, Vulcanized insulated rubber (V.I.R.) in conduit.
etc., shall be fully described and taken separately. These shall be further classified according to the
size of cablesused, number of wires and size iri the cable shall be described under each classification.
Point wiring shall include all work necessary in complete wiring of a tumbler switch circuit and
length from the tapping point on the distribution circuit to the various points as ceiling rose, lamp
holder, back plate, call bell, etc., via the switch. Point wiring shall include switch, ceiling rose, wood
and metal blocks, switch boards, battens, clips, nails, screws joint and junction boxes, bulk head
fittings, earth wire, etc.
Lamps, brackets, lamp holders, shades, sockets, outlets, fans, regulators, call bells, fuses, main
switch boards etc., shall not be included in the point wiring but shall be enumerated separately and
fully described.
Classification.i--Point wiring shall be classified according to the length of wiring as under:
(a) Short points riot exceeding 3 m (10') in length.
(b) Medium points 3 to 9 m (l0' to 20') in length.
(c) Long points 6 to 10.m (20' to 30') in length.
(d) Special pointsof length exceeding 10 m
(30').
Circuit. wiring.-=-:The length of wiringfrom the mainswitchboard tothe sub-main board shall
be considered as circuit wiring and shall be measured separately in running metre (r ft) stating the
type and size of wire.
Service connections.-Service connection shall be fully described stating the type and size of
the wire and shall be measured as follows :- .
Insulated cables in running metre (r ft),
Bare cables in kg or quintal.
All over-head bare wire or cables shall be measured in kg of the actual length fixed.
Pole and struts for over-head links shall be enumerated and described stating the type,
sectional size, girth and diameter and the total length. .
Steel brackets, cross-arms, clamps, etc., fixed to poles and struts shall be fully described and
enumerated under separate item. .
METHO;DS OF MEf'SUREMENT 619
J
. "
,.
. .
~.
(
Stay assemblies shall be enumerated and fully described including excavation, concrete, etc.
Earthing poles and sen/Ice conncctionsshall be enumerated and fully described as including
earth electrode! packing charcoal, earth. \'Iir~~.et~.. i . .
ROAD WORK I
. . . I
Road metal cclleetlon---Rcad metal, ballast, grit, ctc., shall be measured in cu m(cu ft) stating'
gauge, the type, quantity, etc .. and shall be described. Measurement shall be taken in bottomless
boxes or 'firrnas ' or in closely packed stacks on level ground. Road metal of different type of gauge
shall be taken separately. Usually road metal is stacked along the road on the side berms and
cross-sectional measurement is taken with the help of stacking template of trapezium type and the
length of the stacks arc measured to get the quantity. Stacking of metal shall be included In the item.
Stacks of kankar shall be 32 ern (13") high and shall be measured as 30 ern (12").
Boulder-deduct 10% for voids.
Road metal consolidation.-The same quantity as collected shall betaken as consolidated, in
cu m (cu It) stating the method ofconsolidation; type and weight of rollers or hand rammers, etc.
Thickness consolidated thickness, if required, shall be the minimum thickness of layer after
consolidation. Spread thickness, before consolidation shall be derived from dividing the quantity
collected by the superficial area over which the metal is spread.
. Soling.-Soling coat of Brick flat or brick-on-edge shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) of the laid.
work stating the thickness of layer, number of layers, quality of bricks, etc. The method of1ayin~,
filling of joints, blinding of the Surface and rolling shall be fully described. .
Boulder or stone soling shall be taken in cu m (cu ft)of the collected metal. Laying shall be'
taken as the same quantity as collected stating the thickness of layer, method of laying, blinding,
rolling, etc. .
Earthwork.-Earthowrk shall be measured in accordance with the rules and methods
described under 'earthwork' at the beginning of this chapter. Trimming and dressing of formations
to exact level, camber, gradient, superelevation, etc., shall be included and described.
Berms.-Preparation and repair of side berms shall be measured in km (miles) stating the
average filling and width. Both sid :s shall be included under one linear measurement.
Preparation ofsub-grade or formation to proper camber shall be measured in sq m (sq ft) and
described fully, depth of excavauonno. exceedingl S em (6").
Sub-bases or light-wearing surfaces of clinker, cinder, shingle, gravel, moorum, bajri, etc ..
shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) stating the minimum thickness and describing the method of
consolidation.
--------------------
620 ESTIMATING AND COSTING
Premix carpet shall be taken in sq m (sq ft) and the quality of binder in kg per cu m (lbs per ClI
ft) of aggregate shall be described in the item and the consolidated thickness stated.
Grouting(full grout or semi-grout) shall be taken, in sq m(sq ft) and the quantity of binder in
kg per sq m (lbs p-er % sq ft) shall be-stated. The consolidationthieknessof Gnist.oflaycF.shallalsobc
stated. . .
Saerlfylng.v-Sacrifying of road shall be taken in sq 111 (sq It) stating the depth of sacrifyiug and
. the metal and surface.
. Cement concrete road.-Cement concrete road shall be measured in cu rn in accordance with
rules stated under concrete in this chapter. Forrnwork of pavement not exceeding 20 em (8") in
thickness shall be included in the concrete item and described including formwork. For those
exceeding 20 ern ~1S) in thickness the formwork shall be measured separately.
DISMANTLING AND DEMOLITION
The term dismantling implies carefully taking up or down and removing carefully without
damage.
The term demolition taking up or down or breaking up without care.
The units and methods of measurement of dismantling and demolition shall be generally the
same as those employed for the construction of the respective item of work. Full description of
work including necessary precautions and protections required shall be stated. Parts of work
required to be dismantled and those required to be demolished, shall be measured separately. The
description shall also include separation and stacking of serviceable materials and disposal of
unserviceable materials within 30 m (100'). Thickness of plaster shall be excluded in the
measurement of wall. .
Dismantling of door and windows shall be enumerated stating their size.
Repairs-The units and methods of measurement for repair works shall generally be the same
as those employed for the construction of the item of work. .
MATERIALS
Bricks and tiles shall be taken in numbers stating the size and quality under different
classification as first class, second class, etc. Bricks are stacked by 1000 in each stack and stacks are
numbered and the number of stacks entered in the measurement book.
. .
The following materials shall be taken in cu m (cu ft) and measurement shall be taken in
bottomless boxes or 'firrnas' or closed packed stacks prepared on level ground, stating the size,
gauge., quality, type, etc. .. .
Sand, surkhi, cinder, bajri, kenksr.Iimc etc. Brick bellest.brick pats, boulder, stone ballasts.
kanka~ gravel. shingle scone grit, etc. Different item of materialsshall be taken separately. .
Vlhite lime or scone lime slaked or unslaked shall b'e measured by weight in kg. or qui ntal
(rnaunds) and described. Slaked lime may also be measured in cu rnif specifed.
Cement shall be measured by weight in 50 kg bag in quintal or tonne. Loose cement in ~n:.111
q uantities shall be measured by weight in kg. . .
. B}.eaking ofstone, brick, etc., shall be measured in cu m (eu ft) in bottomless box or stacks as in
road metalstating the size and shall include stacking. ... .
Screening of ballast, grit, sand, etc. shall be measured by weight in kg or quintal by actual
weighing. . . . .
Large sizes orsections of steel are measured in length (metre) and weight is calculated in kg or
quintal from steel section book by multiplying the weight per metre by the length.
CHAPTER 5
ANALYSIS. OF RATE
13-1. What is analysis of rate? The. basis of arriving at a correct and reasonable rate per unit work
orsupply, for aparticular item following its specification anddetailed s-UiVeyofmaterlaisJabour~equiP-
merits etc. as required fer the unit work and their prevailing rates may be called as an analysis of rate.
13-.2. Purposes of rate analysis. - Main purposes of rate analysis are the following :
(a) To determine the current rate per unit of an item at the locality,
(b) To examine the viability of rates offered by contractors,
(c) To calculate the quantity of materials and labour strength required for project planning and
.. (d) To fix up labour contract rates.
13-3. How to fix up rate per Unit of an item. - (Unit means unit of rate viz, cost of 1 GU m brick
work,) cu m concretework etc.) The following five sub-heads are estimated and a summation of these is
the rate per unit of an item. . . .
(a) Quantity of materials and cost,
(b) Labour costs,
(c) Costs of equiprnents or Tools and Plant (T. and P.),
(d) Overhead or Establishment charges (including incidental).and
(e) Profit,
(a) Quantity of materials and cost. -: The estimator takes off the quantities of various materials
required per unit quantity of an item following the detailed specification and calculates costs from local
market rates.
Quantities of materials are those required per unit rate of work delivered at work site and
its cost
'include first cost, freight, transportation, sales. tax and insurance charges as arises in question. In case
when materials like cement, steel, stone chips and bitumen are supplied departmentally then profit on the
cost of materials is not allowed, but cost of carriage from godown to work site shall be added. ..
(b) Labour COSI. - 1 U UUli1iUII1UVLH ,",v::'l.3, ~'V 'h..uUU'" auu ''''6.:: _ _ _ _ .gories of
labourers, skilled, and unskilled, namely mason or carpenter, mazdoor, boy etc. required for each unit of
work should be known and this number is to be multiplied by the respective wage per day (or per hour).
(c) Cost of equipments, Tools and Plant (T & P). - Wherever possible the cost of equipments
and ordi nary T. & P. those are required for general use should beallocated to specific item of rate. For ex
ample, the cost of operating a . concrete mixer should be spread over those items of rates for which it is
used. For certain tools and plants it isdifticult to allocate ti.eir use to an individual item of rates and it is,
therefore, suggested to add costs in such cases of expenditure to over-head i.e, establishment charges.
Special Tools and Plants. - . For big work or project it becomes necessary to use special type of
tools and plants, viz, special type oe concrete mixing machines named. as Batching plants, special type of
mixed concrete transport vehicles named as 'Tripping wagon or Dumper'. Cranes etc. are in use. In order
to purchase such type of special cquiprncnts an amount of 1%to l:t % of the estimated cost is provided
in the estimate.
(d) Overhead or Establishment Charges. - This includes such items as office rent and deprecia- .
tion of its cquiprncrus, salaries of office staff', postage, lighting, travelling, telephone account, plan and
specification etc. Small tools, planks, ladders, ropes and such hand-tools as the contractor provides for his.
workman should also be included in the overhead ciiargc as suggested in (c). This is usually 2"1 % of the
net cost or a unit or rate and may rise up to 5%.
()"c:-I":ad chargci; increase if the prC1gfC';:-; 01;'. project is delayed, Ov~rh~d charges may JC divided
1I11lkr ["In c\!c~_:r)ric:.;
- - -..----- .
. .
such as (1) Salaries of all personnels (technical or non-technical) engaged for the work, (2) Te:::porx)'
sheds or house and godown rents for the work. (3) Small tools, planks ladders, ropes and hand tn.-'s as L'1e
contractor provides for his workmen, (4) Repairs and depreciation for Tools and Plant, (5) L~::ling at
site, (6) Mobilization of establishments, Tools and Plant, (7) Public relations. (8) Labour wc~:.:r~ and
safety measures, (9) Workmen's compensation, Insurance etc., (10) Interest on investment, (1 i) '21e~t.
or loss etc. All such other expenses required till the work is completed and handed over to the owner for
which no separate payment is received by a contractor against the work. Job overhead is not a krown ex
pense, depends on the volume of work under execution. When there be no work no expense is required. In
case there be idle labour or maintenance due to owner's fault recovery of expenses for such p:o..-: or job
(C) Profit. - Generally a profit of 10% should be considered reasonable for ordinary contracts .,t'ti:r
allocating all charges of equiprnents, establishments etc. For small jobs 15% profit and for large jobs 8::i:
The method ofpreparation ofan analysis of rate has been based on All India Standard Schedule of
Rates which is documentary and prepared by the National Building Organisation and U. N. Regional
Housing Centre. ESCAP (India). The conference of State Housing Ministers held at Bhopal during Octo
ber 1975 has recommended that the Standard Schedule of Rates being a necessary adjunct to the National
Code should also be adopted by all construction agencies in the country. There may be some variations
between the prevailing practice and the provisions made in the analysis of rates but "All India Sizndard
Schedule ofRates" may be considered as authentic end a basic document.
Water Charge: - For drinking purpose of the workers and.for the work, ~~~:';~'::l(n! .f water
either by sinking tubewell or by taking temporary water connection from the- C0rp0r:l:10:1 or \~i.J7'::.:ipdlj!:. " .,
becomes r.ecessary. In order to meet up theexpensean amountor i % of the total C'OS! of rnater.ais and !
labour has been provided in the analysis of Rate as per provision made in the Sundar J ..\:-.J.::. sis ;:'::- ~J.te.s.
13-4. Factors effecting the rate analysis. - The rate of an item or work mainly depends on the IC'l!t.:,win;
factors :- (I) Specification of the item which indicates the quality and proportion or materals, the
methods of construction and protection or work; (2) The present rate of materials for the item .:f work
~;;' t, t::.: orksitc ; (.') Daily W:lgCS of different categories of labourer at the locality ',>,::j their
respective outputs: (4) The range of lead and lift required- for deposition of male-rials to c~Ty om
the item or work ; (5) Percentage charge for overheads which includes insurance .ind the pcssibilit'.
or lh;::ft or loss etc; (6) The range of profit and availability or water in connection with th;? construction work,
Beside these the site condition. site organisation and cost-control during cxcctuticn ('[2 .. 3,:'~uld be
considered as U1(',s(' factors affect the cost per unit of work done at site.
ANALYSIS OF RATE -1-75
Ii'
76 ESTIMATING CO~TING AND, SPECIFICATION
Spray painting with wall per 100 sq.m. Priming coat primer 8.1 litres
32. Quantity of coarse aggregate, sand and cement for different proportions.
,I In the analysis of rates per CU m, at first a volume of 10 cu m has been considered in the calcula
tions to avoid one place of decimal. - - . .
II
-_/ to But it is difficult to assess exactly the amount of each material required to produce 10 cu m of wet
concrete- when-deposited in place Quantities of.ingredients. may closely he determined .by. a.thumb.rule' as.,
J
e-
1 given below.
.1 To find out the volumes of cement, sand and coarse aggregate divide a numerical number 15.4 vari
able up to 15.7 according to the proportioning and 'Water cement ratio' by the summation of the propor
tions of the Ingredients used and then muluply theresult thus obtained by their respective strength of pro
portioning. In case of brick ballast (or jhama chips) the nume-rical number is variable from 15.7 to 16.0
as void in brick ballast is higher than that of stone chips. Variation should be adjusted with an aim to get
a round number as far as possible.
Example 1.- For 1 : 2: 4 proportion with stone chips:
Summation of proportion = =
1 + 2 + 4 7. The numerical number should be 15.4 to obtain a
round figure (as far as possible) after dividing the number by 7.
- 15,4 - .
:. Cement = -7- =2.2 cu m ; Sand 2.2 x 2:= 4,4 cu rn ; Stone ChIpS = 2.2 x 4= 8.8 cu m
For 1 : 2 : 4 proportion with brick ballast (or jhama chips) the numerical number (variable from
15.7 to 16.0) Il}ay be considered ne-arly as 15.8.
15.8
:. Cem~nt =-::;- =2.25 cu m; Sand= 2.25 x 2= 4.5 cu m _; Brick ballast =2.25 x 4 =9.0 cu m..
Note 'that the last-figure of the numerical number has been adjusted in both the cases during divi
sion to obtain the result as round as possible.
Note : volume of cement 1 cu em of ordinary portland cement. 1.440 grams
:. 1 cu m .. .. = 1440 kg
1
Now, weight of 1 bag cement = 50 kg. :. VoL of 1 bag cementl~~~ = 0.0347 cu m
A tab le has' been prepared for quantity of materials that may be required' in different proportions
subject to a variation .of plus/minus five percent and mostly same as adopted by Government. departments
and also recommended by All India ~hedule of rates.
Quantity of materials "or 10 cu m of concrete (varlation 5% allowed) based on as
sumption that dry sand with necessary allowance for bulking in used.
I
Brick I Wat.er
__ I Volumetric Cement -\
'oallasr peroog
proportion] Dry Sand _I Dry Sand 20mm to of
~u m bags eu m _ eu m 6mm cement
----j
1 : 1: 2 i 3.9 112,4 3~9 recommender 71; Hues
IJ . ~
1 . 2' -" - .,....8 80.7'
4.2 -do - do 8-i .
1 : 2: 4 : 2.2 63.4 4.4 4.5 9.0 cu m 9~ ..
l .. -') -2Ii.. -':
,,: 1 8
. 4.6
51.9 - 4.7 9.3 " 10 "
. 1 : 3 : 6 i 1.57 45.2 4.7 4.8 9.6 n 11 II
9.8 13 1 ..
) : 4 : 8 ! 1.20 J 34.6 4.8 4.9 If
. L.
~_:1_~ _~9JQ:2~J 28_.2--,-_____
4.9 _ __ 5.5 10.0 .. 14 ..
478 ESTIMATING COSTING AND SPECIFICATION
13-5. Estimating labour. During preparation of labour estimates due allowance must be made for
variations in wages, working conditions and for the di(ferent classes of labour required for different kinds
The length of time required to do ~certain piece of work may vary according to the skill and m~n-'
tal development of the workman and alsq according to the working 'conditions to the particular job. When
, work is-plentiful, labour scarce, and jobs are easy-to:get-thetime-required-for-a-labGurer-to do-a-certain ._-
piece of work is generally more than the average and vice-versa. However, the experience ofa contractor,
after a few months when he has had a number of workmen under hirri, should enable him to estimate quite
accurately the length of time that any of the workmen will need to do a certain job. Local customs or un
_.)on regulations often require to specify number and classes of labour for a certain work. The recommenda
tions 'of All India Standard Schedule of Rates for different kinds of labourers as required to do a certain
piece of work have precisely been adopted to prepare the analysis of rates.
13-6. Task or out-turn work: -'- This is the quantity of work which can be done by an artisan or
skilled labour of the trade working for 8 hours a day. Although out-tum work is variable yet in order to
specify the same an average approximate quantity has been worked out following the Standard Analysis of
Rates as far as possible. The out-turn work does not mean that the quantity of work can be completed
only by the labourer as designated below. But other types of labourers or helpers are also to be engaged to
complete the quantity of work. For an example a Mason can complete 1.50 cum of brickwork per day
(8 hours a day) provided he is helped by 2'Mazdoors to carry and mix the ingredients of mortar and also to
carry and place all other materials at his disposal etc. Instruction from a Head Mason for a few hours 'is
II II
steps on 12 mm cement plaster
3.20
29. 10 em average thick lime terracing on R. C. roof
9.10
30. Flat terrace roofing average 10 cm thick over two layers
.. _.~---~.~~--
480 ESTIMATING COSTTNG AND SPECIFICATI0l'!'
Students and beginners having little practical experience often find it difficult to bear in mind the
number of labourers (skilled and unskilled) which are to be engaged to complete different types of works.
Therefore. the number of labour gangs having different working strength has been shown in a tabular
form and the item of works that are 'to be completed by such a gang has been indicated against them.
Consider-ing allthe..factors as discussed beforea yia~iol1.up.t.~ ?% in' some cases. if it ever occurs.
(i)
(ii)
.I 0i~ (iv) (v)
Name
Strength of I Anyone item of work which may Volume Adjustment
of
Gang. be completed by the gang. Volume of 'for column (ii)
Gang.
of work is an in column (iv) work
(A)
-4 Head Mason
(2) Lime punning over plastering ... 10sqrn I S1. (2) decrease 18 Mazdoors .
1 Mason
and the head mason.
20 Mazdoors
(Beldars)
(3) Cement concrete in foundation ... 10cu m SI. (3) Increase 1 Mason
I (1) Brick work in ground floor 10 cu m (1) For plinth and foundation
reduce 2 Masons and increase
(B)
1. Head Mason
(2) Brickwork in plain arches ... 10 cu m 2 Mazdoors (Beldars) & for
10 Masons
first floor reduce 1 Mason and
15 Mazdoors
increase 5 Mazdoors
(Belders)
_.,
~~,
ANALYSIS OF RATE 481
137 Labour output constant in Days (8 working hours) following All India Schedule
of Rate. This is helpful to fix up labour contract rates.
31
. . "'b";r=uJiiI"-_ _~
482 ESTIMATING COSTING AND SPECIFICATION
.
:i '
sr,
No
mortar
Description of work '
10 cu III
. ,-- . .
Labour in days (8 working hrs.)
','
20. Brick ballast or jhama chips 40 nun down
cu. m.
570.00
300.00
21. Marble chips (grit Dehradun)
quintal
22. Tor steel up to 16 nun diameter 2,800.00
quintal
23. 'Tor steel frOI11 16 up to 32 mm diameter quintal 2,600.OQ
24. Black iron wire ' . kg. 23.00
25. Ft.B. wire netting . . sq:m. 70.00
.., :i5.JO'
26. Water-proofing compound kg.
27. GUl11 kg. 40.00
28. Primer . Litre 70".00
29. -hopic distempering kg. 40.00
3~). Raniganj Pattern Tiles . %0 Nos. 500.00
B. Labour t S hours working period in day time)
I. Head mason ' Each per day 110.00 Note :
"
2. Mason (ordinary') 100.00 For a short
3. Mazdoor (Bcldar)
" 60.00 period ....-ork
-l. Carpenter
II
100.00 increase the
100~00
lJ
5. Black-smith and Fitter [email protected]
G. Painter u u . 100.00 for each kind
7. Plumbing Mistry , I00.00 of labourer
I
X. SHlllras __ ~~~~_-:-'- ~__ lOQJXL _
F'h-ar;;::;;rs-- ..... - ....- .._-_......
.'~----
';;..------
484 ESTIMATING COSTING ~D SPECIFICATION
13-9. Statement of Building Cost Indices over plinth area rates on Oct6ber 1976 as ~?se lq<lReceived dur- -:
.io.!!LM period 31. 10.87 to 31. 08. 88 C.P.W.D. as effective from 1988. (Cost Index IS variable but to have
a general idea of comparative cost between important towns of India the Cost Index may be helpful). .
"St. Name of City/Stale Cost
"
rt'~r!t"
No: . "" Indexi..:.::_No.----""-""""-~,------~.,.."...".-==-::-=j Index .,li .
1. Ambala (HR) 374 ! 47. Gulbarga (Karnataka)
"," "---'-'-:396:- :::~~~:
10. Barcilly CU. P.) ,436' 56. Machili Pamam (A. P.) 430
II, Chittorgarh (RAJ) 299 !' 57. Mallapuram (Kerala) 456
12, Churu (RAJ) 359', 'I' 58. Nizarn Sagar (A. P.) 386
13. Derababananak (FB) 369 59. Nellore (A. P.) 396
14. Faridkot (FB) 377 60. amy (T. N.) 464
15. Fazilka (PB) 384 61. Pondicherry CU: T.) 361
16. Ferozpur (PB) 372 62. Qullon (Kerala)
523
17. Gurdaspur cPB) 376 63. Salem (T; N.)
366
18. Jaipur (RAJ) 328 64. Trivandrurn (City & CA)
470
19. Jallalabad 380 65. Trichy (T. N.)
422
20. J aiselmer (RAJ)
333 66. Vijayawada.fTown) (A. P.)
387
21. Kargil (J & K)
556 67. Warangal (A. P.)
382
22. Kanpur CU. P.)
389 68. Calcutta
. 552
23. Kota (RAJ)
333 69. Baruini
418
24. Leh (J & K)
524 70. Baripada (Orissa)
381
25. Lucknow CU. P.)
412 71. Chaibasa (Bihar)
3~5
26. Madhupur
362 ,72. Chiplima (Orissa)
, '406
27. Meerut CU. P.)
394 73. Coochbehar (W. B.)-
4@3
28. Mount Abu (RAJ)
342 74. Dirnapur (Nagaland),
437
29. Dhanbad (Bihar)
452 75. Gaya (Bihar)
377 .........
~\ ~ (a) Materials :
S team coal and coal dust . ...
0.2 Tonne 700.00 perTonne 140.00
Fuel wood for first fuelling ...
0.5 kg . 2.40 kg 1.20
Sand (local) for moulding ... O.ll cu m 120.00 per cu m 13.20
Pug-mill charge ...
I Lump Sum 35.00 L. S. 35.08
Cost of land or Royalty ... Lump Sum 45.00 L. S. 45.00
Moulding boxes, chimney & kiln charge ... Lump Sum 30.00 L. S. 30.00
Sundries, T. & P. etc. '" Lump Sum 12.00 12.00
1
-
(b) Labour :- Head Mason (Mistry). TIl no. 50.00 Each per 5.00
.Mazdoor for Moulders '" 5 nos. 45.00 " " 225.00
" " loading in kiln 3 nos. 25.00 .. . 75.00
" " unloading &. Stacking 2-! nos.. 25.00
.. . 62.50
Fireman .. '"
1
"2 no. 45.00
. . 22.50
Mazdoor (as waterman i.e, Bhisti) ... 1
'2 no. 25.00
. " 12.50
.. I
Total- 678.90
.'!.
Total = 685.69
. I "
:. Rate per 1000 nos. = 754.26 and this consists of the following categories of bricks after; ideal
burning :- 1st class... 60%. 2nd class ... 15%, 3rd class ... 10%, Overbumt...l~%, and breakage ... 5o/c.
0111.-------
-- .
.486 ESTIMATING COSTING AND SPECIFICATION
..
~
,.
(a) Materials :-Kankar ... 95.00 104.501.1 cu m
Charcoal ... 2.00 300.00150 kg
Fuel wood for first burning ... 2.00 per kg 50.0025 kg
(b) Labour Head Mason .- ...J. ' 50.00 5.00
, 10
Mazdoor (Beldar) ...5 nos. 25.00 125.00
Grinding of burnt kankar ...L.S . 4.00 L.S. 4.00
Cost of land or Royalty ...
. L.S. 3.50 L.S . 3.50
Kiln etc. ...L.S. 3.00 L.S. ' 3.00
Contingencies, T. & P. Insu. etc. L.S. 3.00 L.S. 3.00
Total = 598.00
(c) Water Charge :- ... @ 1% of the total = 5.98
Total 603.98 =
(d) Profit and Overheads : - ... @ 10% do = 60.40 ...
:. Rate per cu m = Rs. 664.38 Grand Total = 664.38
3. Production of Brick Ballast (Le. jhama metal) from Overburnt Bricks to 40mm. gauge.
, Unit = 1 cu; m.
For conversion of brick materials from one to another 380 nos. of Metric "Bricksof 20 em x 10 em
x 10 em (nominal) or traditional blick~22.9 em x 11.4 em x 7.6 em (Nominal) and in' case of traditional
bricks.Zfi.d em x 12.7 em x 7.6 em (nominal) 314 nos. shall be taken as equivalent to 1 cu m of bats. ~
1.1 cu m ofbats shall be taken to produce 1 cu m of brick ballast.
Unit = 1 cu m.
(c) Profit and Overhead @ , 10% of' the ' total = ' 19.93
as sl. 5
For additional Lead and Lift. -For every additional lead of 30m beyond the initial lead add
1 Mazdoor. For every additional lift of 1.5m beyond the initial lift add 1Mazdoor.
For Shoring-If the work requires shoring but not pumping add an amount 25% of the total la- .
bour charge from (a). . .
6. Excavation in trenches' for foundations and for pipes, cables, etc. not exceeding
1.5 rn in width and for shafts, walls, etc. not exceeding 10 m 2 on plan including dressing of
~ides up to 1.5 m and lead up to 50 m for disintegrated or soft rock (not requiring. blasting).
Considerfirst 10 cu m Unit == 1 cu m
(a) Labour. - Excavator (skilled) . 1..1 nos. 50.00,Each per day 87.50
4
Breaker - do 3.1 nos. 25.00
II
157.50
2 II
Hole driller - 'do - 1 nos. 45.00 45.00
Mazdoor (Male) 7 '21 . nos. 25.00' II
187.50
(b) Ma terials.-Fuse
Powder
I 3 nos...
2i kg.
15.00 Each
25,QO per kg
45.00
56.25
COflt;!lg~n,..:,..,,'.; T. &0., etc.
;'..s. .;o(~+ b)
2.89 Le:;.. 2.89
Total: 581.64
(c) Water charges. - . @ 1% of the total : 5.82
TOLaI= 587.46
(d) Profit and Overhead.
I
@ 10% of the total : 58.75
3S open space between bricks prp"'lically.~~mains, less 15% = 500 - 500 x. 11 = 425 nos. (as adopted by
All/ndia Standard Schedule ofRates).
50
(a) t\'1ateri:t1s - Brick metric. ( for
22.9 x 'i2.7 x 10 ern :::: 320 nos.) 425 nos 1000 per % nos. 425.00
4
(0) Labour. - Mazdoor ? no. 25.00 per day 20.00
J 1 .
Contingencies: T. s.
P. 'etc. L. S. -2 % (a + b) 2.33 L.S. 2.23
=
Total 447.23
(c) Water charges. - @ 1% of the total = 4.47
Total = 451.70
(d) Profit and overhead. - @ 10% of the Total = 45.17
:. Rate per sq m ::: Rs, 49.69 Grand Total = Rs.496.87
ANALYSIS O~ RATE'
i
Particulars Quantity Rate Amount
Rs. P. I Rs. P.
(a) Materials.
Brick ballast (or Jharna chips) ... 9.8 cu m 300.00 per ell III 2,940.00
Sand (medium) '"
4.9 ell rn 160.00 per cu rn 784.00
Cement '" 0.98 cu m
= 29.4 bags
. 1 .
g .00 per bag. 2,352.00
(b) .Labour. .Head Mason ... "4 no, 50.00 Each per day 12.50
Mason' ...... 2 nos. '45.00. II
\I II
90.00
Mazdoor (male 2 nos. as Bhisti) ... 2? nos. 25.00
II \I II
500.00
Contingencies. T & P. etc L.S. 2% (a + b) , 33.39 L. S. 33.39
Total = 6.711.89
(c) Water charges. '- '" @ l%of the total = 67.12
Total = 6,779.0~
(d) Profit and Overhead. - ... @ 10% of the total = 677.90,
I
. I
':. Rate per cu m :;; Rs, 745.69 Grand Total:;::: 7456.91
.:~:..:....... .. - _-~
Rs. P. Rs. P.
- '-'
,
(a) Mater lals--Stone chips 8.8 cu m 325.00 per cu m 2,860.00
Sand (coarse) ... 4.4 cu m 225.00 per cu m 990.00
Cement ... 2.2cu m
== 66 bags 80.00 per bag 5,280.00
1
(b) Labour. - H~~~ Mason ... 7. no . ~O.oo Each per day 25.00
Mason ... 3 nos. .45.00 " " " 135.00
Mazdoonincludes 4 Bhisti) . ... 23 nos. 25.00 " " " 575.00
Contingencies T. P. etc. ... L...5. ~ (a +b) 43.64 L.S . 48.83
Total == 9,813.83
'I,
II'
(c) Water charges. - ... @ l%of the total == 98.14
II Total = 9,911.97
(d). Profit and Overhead. - ... @1O% == 991.20
Note :-For each additional storey the strength of Mazdoor (Beldar) should be increased by 6 nos.
for volume of 10 cu m to lift the materials. All India Standard Schedule ofRates provides an increase of
rate by 1% per floor per cu mfor lifting-the materials assuming each floor to beaverage of3m height. .
.~
. 1 I ' I
it!. .
o
1---.l',--~_~~lifOb~al .Eh"!
. B rae ,5 . -t----1
I 25~an.We
. . ~~ . of R.,C.T. Be,
O.<h1
nO"o'~f"o4J++ I .' 1'
I
~on~osi~ion'Of
I'
1---h--pOO:mSlt
o "I' ""I"' '.
it 1
15cm x 5cm" I. I Ball i' Props
o ode
l - -............c.. .L:W:Jj
. Beam ~ I;/ A: oan~ ~
o
. I !I I
PLAN OF SHUTTERING
..... ._~-~
I
ANALYSIS OF RATE 493
f
I 16. Supplying, fitting, fixing and removing shuttering. and staging. Unit = 1 sq m
Consider a room = 5m x 4m with an intermediate T-bcam 25 em x 20 em wide web. Height of the
f room = 3.5 m(Fig. 13-1). Area of shutLering.--{a) For beam = (20 em + 2 x 25 em) x 4 m = 2.8 sq m.
I (b) For slab = 5 m x 4 m - (20 em x 4 m) = 19.2'sq m. :. Total area::: 22 sq m,
., _.. .'.
~l Particulars .' -. No:--~---r-" .B. -T~~~~~~.-QuantitYI .. -::te~.-~~~u~~
J
cm em
- - - - - - - - . - -..- - - - - - ------- - - - - - - . - .----f-.-----t------j-.------ --"---.
Materials.
For beam>
Side planks ... 2 4m 25 2.5 0.050. cu m
Side cleats @ 1m e/e ... 2x4 30em
I 8 4 0.008 eu m
Bottom Plank '"
1 4111 I 25 5 0.050 cu m
Base beam (at prop only) ... 4 50 ern 10 5 0.010 Cll m
Brackets (2 nos. at prop.) ... 2x4 50cm 5 4 0.008 ell rr
For slab-
Planks = (5m - 20 em I
- 2 x 2.5cm) 1 4.75 m 4 2.5 I 0.475 eu m
Beam @ l mc/c =1x 4.75 2x4 2.375m 5 15 0.143cll.m
(ii) For beam.and slab braces-
(a) Short side ... , 7 4m 10 4 0.112cu m
\.. - (b) Long side .., 4 5m 10 4 0.080 eu m
Wedges under props '" 28 22cm 10 8 0.049 cu m
Bearing planks under wedges 28 50cm 22 ~ 0.154 eu m
Total = 1.139 cu m 6;000.OC 6,834
per eu r .
)
/I
) 3.45 m 96.60 r.m. 6.00 r.m 579.60'
Total = 7,413.60
J
Deduct the cost of scrap value of timber @ 8% = 593.09
Total = . 6,820.51
) Assuming that this set of shuttering and staging becomes unserviceable
,,' after being used for 12 times (time of use is governed by the availability
).
ofwork, cuuing the frame work to suit different dimensions, damage for
) nailing etc.) ~ost for using once. . ..... . . .. . .' .... "
6.820.51 .. +12= 568:j15
1
r (b) Labuur-e-- Head Carpenter
Carpenter
. ~ no.
3 nos.
50.00
45.00
25.00
135,00
Mazdoor (Bcldar) 6 nos. 25.00 15C";J~
Carriage within a town 2 times 50.00 100.00
Nails L. S. 30 L.S. 30.00
Contingencies. T. & P. ClC. L. S. 4 L. S. 5.00
Total = 1,013.38
(e) Profit and overhead @ 10%' = 101.34
:. Rate per sqm. 1,~~4.72:=: Rs. 50.67' GrandTotaI = Rs. 1.114.72
494 ESTIMATING COSTING AND SPECIFICAnON
17. Providing mild steel reinforcement for R. C. C. work including bending, bin~ing
and placing ill position complete up to two floor l e v e l . ' , !\I': '
Unit = 1 tu m
Particulars Quantity Rate Amount
...... -_... ....
'" '- ..__. .. . . .. . . - .. -
Rs. P. Rs. P.
..,,-_ ..- .- .. "_.. __ . __ ..
-,
Rs P. Rs. P.
--~--:.._~.: ._-"" . -~
ANALYSIS OF RATE 495
17(a). R. C. C. work 1 : 1 -}: 3 for Beam with 2.0 % steel.
Consider first 10 cu m Unit ~ 1 cum
Materials For concrete I: i :3 same as in the articlell-5. S1.32
Steel @ 2% = 10 X 0.02 =0.2 cu m@ 78.5q/cu m = 15.7 Qtl
. Binding wire@ lkg/q 15.7 kg:" _-_ ..
Rs. P. Rs. P.
(a) Materials.
Stone cheps 20 mm down ... 8.4 cu m 325.00 per cu m 2,730.00
Sand (Coarse) ... 4.2cu m 225.00 per cu m 945.00
Cement ... 2.8 cu m
= 80.7 bags 80.00 per bag 6,456.00
I Steel ... 15.7 Qtl. 880.00 per QtI. 13,816.00
- Binding wire ... 15.7 Kg 15.00 per Kg 235.50
Total = 24,182.50
(b) Labour
(i)
For concreting
same as in item no. 14 ... - - 735.00
(ii) For reinforcement
Blacksmith ... 15 nos, 40.00 Each per day 600.00
Mazdoor (Beldar) ... 15 nos. 25.00' " II 1\
375.00
Sundries, T. & P. etc. ... ~ % (a) + (b) L. S. 122.79
(c) Centering and sh.uttering
(Hire charge) including removing
@ 5% cost ofmaterials (a) . 24,182.50 x i~ L. S. 1209.10
Carpenter ... 10 nos. 40.00 Each per day 400.00
Mazdoor (Beldar) '" 10 nos. 25.00 " " " 250.00
Nails @ 10% of hire charge L. S. 120.90
.. Total = 27,995.29
(d) Water charges- ... @ 1% of the total 279.96
Total = 28,275.25
(e) Profit and Overhead ... @ 10% of the total 282.75
r.,
.Rate
. . =Rs,
per cu m . " 2,855.70
. , " . .Grand
' Total.
..... =
.
28,557.00
... . .
r
i
f _ _oO<==rioo-'........- _...._ ,:.;/
='~7'7'"
L--_.. __ .
496 ESTIMATlNG, CqSTING, SPECIFICATIO~ AND VALyATION
.:
Total= 1::,603.73 "'
Total = 115,759:',7
I
(f) Profit including Overhead. - @ 10% of the total :;: I 1,575.98
'~!
20. :R. B. work in roof slab when the unit is per sq. m. Conrider first 10 sq m.
For (i) One brick thick 10 cm slab : - Materials and labour =10 th of item no. 19.
}l. R. B. work in roof slab with cement mortar' for any other proportion to that of
item no. 19, find out quantity of cement and sand dividing 4.8 cu m of mortar by the summation of pro
portion. Others arc same as ill item no. 19. .
~. I
ANALYSIS OF RATE 497
I
22. 2.5 em. thick cement concrete 1: 2 : 4 Damp-proof Course.
\ Considerfirst 100 sq m. Unit: 1 sq m
Calculation of Materials: - Vol. of concrete: 0.025 x 100 == 2.5 cu m. Summation of prop == 7.
Following the same principle as in the article 13-5. S1. 32; ecme?t =lrt{~Y ==O.~5 eu!!!: 16~m
r bags; sand == 0.55 x 2 == 1.10 cu in; sr<:)nc'chips' == 0.55 x 4 ~"2.20 cu m.
J
Warcr-proofir; compound = 3% by the weight of cement =lio x (16.5 x 50) = 25 kg (say)
~l_a_n_tj_ty__ ~_--:=_-=-=---
I Particulars Rate Amount
.. Rs. P. _ _-+---=-:.=.:--=--:..
Rs. P.
"
= _ _ _-'-1_0__
0.254 x 0.127 x 0.076
._ '::079 nos. say 4,HJ<) '105. With this traditional size of bricks, joints are less
. '. .
and therefore lesser amount of mortar should be required. But due to larger size of frog and wider area of a
brick such variation may be minimised.
Number of traditional bricks having size with mortar 22.9 em x 11.4 em x 7.6 em
. _.... .....
_-~,.,...:..:...:. -_ ..... - ----_...""'"
ANALYSIS OF RATE 499
28. 'First class brickwork in plain arches: in superstructure sp~n not exceeding 6m in
cement mortar 1 ; 4 including ~entering andshuttering complete.
. 'Consider first 10 cu m , . Unit = 1 cu m
Centering and shuttering :- Considering a semicircular arch 3.601 clear span 3.0 m long an4 0.40 m thick
=
area of centering nrl, =3.142 x 1.8 x 3,0 = 16.97 sq m,' Brickwork in arch = 1t X rm x t xL 3.142 x 2 x 0.4 . ,:~
--: .._ - ' "',", :T6.97' ,." '.'" " ":j
'
Particulars '
Quantity Rate
Amount
Rs, P
Rs P.
(a) Materials. - ;
First class bricks (Metric) ... sooo' nos. 950.00 per %0 nos. 4,750.00
Sand (medium) ... 2.80 cu m 160.00 per cu m 1448.00
Cement 0.70 cu m = 21 bags .,. 21 bags 80.00 per bag 1i680.00
Centering and shuttering ... 22.5 sq m 40.00 per sq m 900.00
Scaffolding Lump sum 35.00 L. S. 35.00
(b) Labour. -
Head Mason (Mistri)
Mason
"'1
.,.
...
1no.
10 nos.
50.00 each per day
45.00 It 11
50.00
II
450.00,
Mazdoor (2 nos. as Bhisti) " :.. 27: nos. , 25.00
It II II
550.00
Contingencies, T. & P. etc ... L. S. -Wo (a + b) '45.32 L.S,
~
4Ci.32
Total- 8,908.32 '
(c) Water Charges. - @ ~% of the total = ' 8908
Total = 8,997.40
(el) Profit and Overhead. - @ 10% - 899.74
:.Rate per cu m = Rs.989.71 Grand Total-9897.14
According to is-1200. the brickwork rate for arches ofspan not exceeding tim, hire and labour charges for
centering and shuttering shall be included in the item and for spans exceeding 6 m centering and shuttering
shall be measured separately.
29: Half brick i.e. 10 em brick wall in :ceinent mortar (1 : 3) with H..B. netting in every';
third layer (ground floor). '. 'Consider first 100 sq m. Unit 1 ~q m
Calculation of Materials : - Bricks (metric)
. _ , '
100
0.10 x 0.20
= 5,000 nos.
Volume of mortar 35% to the volume of work = 100 x O.10x 0.35 = 3.5 cu ID'. Due to half brick
work, volume of morlf becomes 10% less than 3.5 cu m. '= 3.5 -r- 0.35 = 3.15 cu m . '
:. CementIt' = 0.79 cu rn; Sand = 0.79 x 3::::; 2.37 cu m. , .
V(ife netting for every third layer i.e.;30 em intervals (considering a wall 10m length x 10 m height)
::::; 10 x U31) = 334 rm; with 10 em wide.area of netting = 334 x 0.10 = 33.4 sq m. Labour Gang-{C)
(a) Maten3ls
Bricks 20 em x 10 em x 10 em 5,000 nos. 950.00 per %0 nos 4,750.00
(For 25.4, em x 12.7 em x 7.6 em) 4,100 nos.
(For 25.9 ern ;: 11.4 em x 7.6 em). 5,000 nos.
Sand (medium) , 2.37 cu m 160.00 per eu m ;379.20
Cement 0.79 cu m == 23 bags 23 bags 80.00 per bag 1,840.00
H. B. Wire netting 33.4 sq m 30.00 per sq m 1,002.00
Sc~[[olding L. S. , 35.00 L. S. , 35.00 .:!.
(b) Labour I
HeadMason "'2 no. , 50.00 Each per day 25.00
Mason 14 nos. 45.00" " " 630.00
Mazdoor (3 nos. as Bhisii) 21 nos. 25.00 " 525.00
Contingencies. T. & P. etc. L. S.-fk (a -t- b) 45.93 L. S.. 45.93
Total 9,232'.13
30. Half brickwork for each higher storey :-- Labour cost of 3 Mazdoors (Beldars) is to be add
ed to lift the materials over and above Sl. 31. '
31. Second class Brickwork in mud mortar in superstructure, ground floor,
Consider first l Ocu m ' Unit = 1 cu m
Calculation cf.Matcrials : -Bricks (metric size) =5;000 nos, Selected Clay=4.0cum; '"
Particulars Quantity Rate Amount
Rs. P. Rs. P.
(a) Materials. -
13 ricks 2nd class (metric) 5,000 nos. 950.00 per %0 nos. 4,750.00
Clay (selected loamy soil) 4.0cu m 15.00 per cu m 60.00
Scaffolding , L. S. 35.00 L. oS. 35.00
(b) Labour. -
1
Head Mason 4: nos. 50.00 Each per day', 12.50
Mason
Mazdoor (1 no. as Bhisti)
Contingencies, T. & P. etc.
." t 8 nos.
12-hnos.' .
... L. S. to (a + b)
45.00 "
25.00 "
" ",
"
27.58 L. s.~ 27.5~
360.0a
"1
300.00
To~1 = I 5545.08
(c) Water charges. - @ 1% of the total = I 55.45
Total = 5,600.53
(d) Profit and Overhead. - @ 10% of the total = 560.05
:. Rate per cu m Rs. 616.06= Grand Total = 6,160.58
13-14. Analysis 01 Rates for Stone Masonry :~
32. Random Rubble Masonry in cement mortar (1 : 6) in foundation and plinth.
..... Consider first 10 cu m , Unit = 1 cu in
Calculation of Materials: - Volume of mortar per 10 ell m =4.2 eu rn, cement =4l
=0.60 cu m
Sand = 0:60 x 6 =3.60 ell m.
'(a) Materials. - ,
Stone (undressed) , 11.7 ell m 100.00 per cu m ' 1,170.00
,Thorough stone or Headers 0.8 cu m 115.00 " " ,92.00
Cement 0.60 cu m = 17 bags' 17 bags 80.00 per bag 1,360.00
Sand (medium) , 3.6 cu m 160.00 " " 576.00
(b) Labour.
H'?3.d Mason '. .. "VL no:
Mason 1 ..., ' 10 nos.
Mazdoor (12 nos. as Bhisti) 19 nos.'
, Contingencies. T. & P. etc L. S. 470 (a+ b)
\1'"",,,----------:----
~
I
I
,1
Particulars Quantity Rate Amount
Rs. P.
Rs. P. . :\
(a) Materials.-S lone J1.7eum 100.00 per cu m 1,170.0.1) 1
Thorough stone or Headers 0.8 ell m 115.90 per cu m 92.00 ,-"..... :
Cement 0.57 eu m
= 17 bags 80.00 per bag 1;360.00
Sand (medium) 3.40 cu m 160.00 per cu m 544.00
(b) Labour. - Head Mason
. 1
2 no. 50.00 Each dayper I
25.00
I
. II
It '
585.00 ..:
"
It
Mazdoor (11 nos. as Bhisti) 20 nos. 25.00 500.00
Contingencies. T. &P., ClC. L. S.-fk (a + b) 21.38 L. S. 21.~S
Total = 4.'297.38
(c) Water charges. @ 1% of the total :::; 42.97
Total :::;' .1 ~~0.35
. . --(d) Profit and Overhead. the tow I =. 434.04
~.
TOllll= 17,Si~.2U_
(el \"',lter charges @ 1ljo of the total =: -:-~.1l)
Total = 7,897.39 I
Cd) Profit ancl Overhead @ 10% of the tOlal I 1.7~.).74
.. Rate per sq rn = Rs, 86.87 GranclTol3I=8.6.Q.13
Note- Size of m~tri~ brick being 20 \.'111 X 10 cmx 10 em with mortar and so brick nat llc..'rin.g
becomes same to thatbrick on edge flooring. For brick soling the quantity or sand is same to that qu.mu
ty of mortar for 10 ell 111 of brickwork = 3.5 cu m. ..
.,
'CClllCrit:::,\5
0 1 ,=
4 5
0.55c:urn~*~~:'; 16.17; say-r6hiigs.
Sand:: 0.55 x 2 = 1.10 eu m, Stone chips = 0.55 x 4 = 220 eu m
Analysis :
Particulars Quantity Rate Amount
Rs. P. Rs. P.
(a) Materials.-Stone chips (12 rom down) .. , 2.20 cu m
325.00 per eu m 715.00
Sand (coarse) ... 225.00 per cu m
1.10 eu III 247.50
Cement ... 16 bags 80.00 per bag 1,280.00
(b) Labour. - Head Mason ... -i no. 50.00 Each day
U ,10
25.00
Mason ... 8 nos. 45.00 360.00
Mazdoor ( 7. nos. as Bhisti) ... 10 nos . 25.00
. 10
250.00
Contingencies, T. & P., etc. L. S. +0
(a + b) 14.80 L. S. 14.80
.
Total =
(c) Water charges. - ... @ 1% of the total = 28.92
Total = 2,921.22
(d) Profit and overhead. - ... @ 10% of the total = 292.12
.'. Rate per sq m = Rs. 32.13 Grand total =3,213.34
41. Neat Cement Punning (about 1.5 mm thick) to floor, wall, dado, window sills etc.
Consider firstiOO sq m Unit = I sq m
Calculation of Materials: - Volume for 100 sq m with a thickness of 1.5 mm
100 x 0.001':; = J.15 cu m. Increase the Vol. by 25% when dry.
=' 0.15 + 0.15 x
Analysis:-
?60 =-&H
= 0.19 cu m
'
i
= 5.59 sayS bags.
Particulars Quantity Rate I Amount
Rs. P. Rs. P.
Ii
I
(a) Materials.-Cement 51 bags. 80.00 per bag I 440.00
(b) Labour. - Mason ... \ 2"2 nOS. 50.00 Each per my 125.00
Mazdoor .: 1 "2 ~ 'nos. \25.00 u' , UN"I 62.50
Contingencies. T. & P. etc. "IL.S. 2%(a+b) i 3.14 L..S. i
i
3.14
Total = I 630.64
(c) Water charges. - @ I % of the total. :: 6.31
Total = 636.95
(d) Profit and over headv> @ 10% of the total, :: 63.69
~.tJime _
506 ESTI MATINe; COSTINQ AND SPECfFICATIO.N
., ~ '.
. .",. , '~ ~,
43. When the cement punning shall be .of Red Oxide cement punning, the quantity of red
oxide shall be @ 3.5 kg per bag at' cement. _. . , ' . - .
Mason::: 3 nos. instead of 2.Jin9~. and all other PiJrticulurs\\rC the sam~'as S.L. 4 L
44. 40 mmthick noorin'~--utiderlaycr-pf:,lOn"iffi ,hickceme-nt--<;ouHete-{l-: -2: 4) and
topJayer of 10 mm thick red oxide cement plaster (1 : 3) using 3.5 kg. of red oxide of iron
per bag of cement (each bag of 5Q kg) finished: with a floating coal of neal cement red oxide mix of same
proportion. .' \
-, Conside r first 100 sq m. Unit::: 1 sq m.
Calculation of mat eria is :~ (i) For under-bed of 30 mm thick cement concrete (l : 2 : 4).
Vol. ::: 0.030 x 100 ~ 3 cu m. Following the same procedure as in sl.32 article 13-5.
f6 1 : :
:. Cerncnt 1 4 x 0.66 cu m ::: 19.4 bags. Sand::: 0.66 x 2 ::: 1.32 cu rn,
-Storie chips::: 0.66 x4 ::: 2.64 cu m. - .
(ii) For Top layer 10 mmihick mortar (1 .' 3) : - Vol. of mortar 0.010 x 100::: 1.0 cu m; for
rough under bed increase this vol. by 20% ::: 1.0 + 0.20::: 1.2cu m (wet.) = 1.2 + Y
= 1.60 cu m(dry).
:. Cement = l.go = 0.40 cu m ::: 11.76 bags; Sand::: 0.4 x 3 ::: 1.2 cu m. _
(iii) For floating coat t- Cement @ 2.2 kg/sq. m::: 100 x 2.2 ::: 220 kg ::: 4.40 bags.
:. Total quantity of cement for top layer 11.76 + 4.40::: 16.16 bags.
'Quantity of red oxide @ 3.5 kg per bag of cerncnt 16.16 x 3.5 ::: 57 kg;
13-16. Notes on Terrazzo. Flooring :-,- This is a special type of concrete flooring in which mar
ble chips are used as coarse aggregates and laid over conventional cement concrete under layer. Terrazzo
concrete comprises a mixture of cement and marble chips of sizes from 1 mm to 4 mm nominal of select
ed colours as coarse aggregate in a proportion I : 2 or I : 3. Marble powderby-1 rd. weight of cement is
mixed with cement. The excess volume due to addition of marble powder may be considered for surface.
cutting volumcurrdsturryturbuucrirrg affCf-eaCllctiC'Mm15l6 chips-arc'"io\efb:iwclghC-fcum-~' 16.5
quintals. Pigment is used with cemellt@ 3.5 kg per bag of cement (l bag 50 kg).
(a) For dark shade pigment ordinary cement is used; (bifor light shade pigment white cement is
used and (c) for medium shade pigment approximately 50% white cement and 50% ordinary cement is
used. Terrazzo work is polished three times as 1st cut. 2nd cut and final cut.
46. Terrazzo floor, 6 rnrn thick Terrazzo (1 : 2) over 20 mrn cement concrete (1 : 2 : 4).
Consider first 100 sq m (Dark shade using ordinary cement) Unit::: 1 sq m
Calculation 0/ materials.~ (i) Volume of concrete at base = 0.02 x 100::: 2 cu IT! (wet). Increase
this vol. by 20% for rough sub-base = 2 -I- 2 x ?~O = 2.4 cu m (wet) == 2.4 x 1.5 = 3Ji cu rn dry.
:. Cement =31- = 0.50 cu m; Sand = 1.00 cu m; Stone chips = 0.50 x 4 = 2.00 cu m.
(ii) Volume of Terrazzo = 0.006 x 100 = 0.6 cu m (wet) = 0.6 x 1.5 = 0.90 cu m (dry).
I
:. Cement =<J{Q= 0.3 cu m = 9 bags, Marble chips = OJ x 2 = 0.6 ell m = 0.6 x 16.5 =9.90 Qtl,
I Marble powder = j rd by weight of cement =9 x~ '= 150 kg. = 1.5 Qtl, Pigment = @ 3.5 kg per bag
of cement = 9 x 3.5 = 31.5 kg. . . . . .
---,---=--:---,----::-----"""-1---,--
Particulars Quantity Rate Amount
Rs. P. Rs. P.
(a) Materials.-(i) For c. c. base~
Stone chips (12 mm down) 2.0 cu m 325.00 per ell m 650.00
Sand (coarse) 1.0 cu m 225.00 per cu m 225.00
. Cement = 0.50 cu m = 15 bags IS bags 80.00 per bag 1,200.00
(Ii) For Terrazzo-
Marble chips (1 mm to 4 mm size) 9.90 ou 130.00 per Qtl. 1,287.00
Cement 9 bags 80.00 per bag 720.00
Marble powder 1.50 ou. 138.00 per ou. 207.00
Pigment @ 3 ~ l.-~ per bag 31.5 kg 16.50 per kg. 519.75
(b) Labour. - Head Mason . 1 no. 50.00 Each per day 50.00
Mason 20 nos. 45.00 . 900.00
-- , * Mazdoor (4 nos. as Bhisti) 30 nos. 25.00 750.00
Polisher 98 nos. 25.00 2,450.00
Polishing stone (carborundum) L. S.
90.00 90.00
Oxalic acid powder L.,S ..
90.00 90.0t;
Contingencies T. & P. etc' ... Ii.... S. -~% (a + by 4.5.69 L. S. 45.69
Total =! 9,184.44
(c) \Yater rhargt:S. - @ I (.:~, 0 r the = ~J..&4-
Tot.;.1i = i 9,276.28
(d) . @ I v;c uf .' tile tow I = i 927.63
:. !bll r'~'r <q rn'= l~~. 1()2.0J GrJlldLOtJI=IO,203.91
Extra/or providing und fixing afrlll:!f::;,": strips -10 mn; \\:.fc and 1.5 111111 thick.
Details or L"O~t Ior lOO III Aluminiuu: ~!:2l'[~ for strips =.:: ](\() x O.O-i- = 4 sq 111 + 0.2 (for wastage)
= 4.2 sq 111 @ 4.l kg per sq 111 = 17.2 k~. For l.il-our sec 11l1tl'S or sl. 49.
*Notc :~ tdachil1('. is usually lISl'l! I'm p\1Iishil1g. The labour charge of polishers should equalise
the hire charge of Ill;IChiI1C and the Llb\ll1l" Clbt d operatorwith helper.
, ,
508 ESTIMATING COSTING AND SPECIFICAnON.
47. Terrazzo skirting or Dado (up to 30 cm height) top layer 6mm thick Terrazzo 1 : 2 over 12 mm ",
thick cement plaster under layer (l : 3). Slack or white colour. , ' ,.
" ":!':,: , ,': , Consider first lOOsqm Unit = 1 sq m
Calculati~n ofMaterials: -' (i) For 12 mm thick cement plaster (1 : 3), same procedure as fo~"_,, '
plasteti~g:.vol.u()f,c.eme,Qt=.='~, =.0.47 cu,m'="'o~b~~,=nl-3$2-say'14bags-;sand-,=nl:4t'cTf'm"-" ,
",' ", (ii) For Terrazzo : - Same as for Terrazzo flooring. " '
Analysis :....:...
(b) Labour. - Head Mason . .. l no. 50.00 Each per day 50.00
Mason .. , 26 nos. 45.00""" 1,170.00
,Mazdoor (4 nos. as B histi) '" 44 nos.
' ' 25.00 '.,:" " ", " 1,100.00
Polisher ... 98 nos. 25.00""" 2,450.00
Oxalic acid ,powder ... L. S. " 90.00 L. S.' ' 90.00 ,
Polishing stone ... L. S. 90.00 L. S. 90,00
Contingencies T. & P. etc. ... L.S. iro(~+bY 45.15L'S: .. ,45.15
-#".. Total:= -.
9,074.50
, "
.. ;-
' ::..".: -." '.
(c) Water charges. . @ 1% of the .total. .' .' 90.74,
.Toril; 9,165.24
-', .. " .~.
(-2) Profit and Overhead. - " . : @ 10% of.: . the total 916.52
:. Rate per sq m =
Rs, 100.81 Grand total 10.081.76
~!~~e - (1~':'/ chocolate: greyor yellow marole chips 'areused instead of whlte, blnck or white and
black chips then extra cost shall be added with allowance for water charges and contractor's profit,
(2) If aluminium strips 40 mm wide and 1.6 mm thick are used in joints of Tcrraizo floor then
i
cost of aluminium strips and labour charge @ -A th Mason and th Mazdoor per 10 m of Aluminium
strip shall be added along with the additions for wastage of Aluminium strip @ 5% and water charges,
pout CIC.
. .
(3) For laying terrazzo floor on staircase, treads not exceeding 30 em in width including the cost of
forming etc. extralabour charge per 100 sq. m. Mason 3 nos. and Mazdoor 6 nos. shall be added in the la
bour gang.
(4) Extra for laying terrazzo in narrow band not exceeding 75 em wide shall be added thus :
-1
5 em band 200 m long Mason and Mazdoor. i .
Rs. P. Rs.' P.
(a) Materials.'
20 mm thick terrazzo tiles
(including 10% wastage) , .., 110.00 sq 01 78.00 per sq 01 8,580.00
r Surki ... ... 2.67 cu m 200.00 534.00
I" ~laked white lime , ... 1.33 eu m 450.00 per cu 01 598.50
Fement for slurry over bedding @ 4.4 kg/sq m
-
f 440 kg. = 8.8 bags " ... 8.80 bags 80.00 per bag 704.00
iI t Cement for grouting ... 8.80 bags 80.00 per bag 704.00
Pigment (dark shade) @ 3.5 kg per
1
hag
I
of cement
,
(for grouting) ... 30.8 kg 16.50 per kg . 508.20
l (b) Labour. -
I
' .
Head Mason .. . 1 no. ' 50'.00Each per day -50.00
J :. Mason ... 20 nos, 45.00""" ',900.00
I " 'Mazdoor . ,'... .':~:2Ciios:--- 25~OO' .. " " 525.00
i Polisher ... ' 65 nos. 25.00 n i l .. 1,625.00
Polishing stone (carborundum) . ':., , , ... 'L S'. 9b~00 L. S., 90.00
j Oxalic acid powder' " . ... L~ p.~ ..'/ .90~~0 :L.. S.. 90.00
I
/'
Contingencies, ::. & P. etc. L.S.2 'fIo (a+ b) 7~.54 L S. ,' 74.54
'I
14,983.24
.Total=
I
) (c) Water Charges. @ 1% of the total =
149.83
:1
, . Total =
115,133.07
!\!I (d) Profit and Overhead. @ 10% of the 'total =
1,513.31
)-
... Rate per sq .m = Rs, 166.46 Grand total = 16.646.38
t
*(1) For medium shades 50% ~f white cement and 50% ordinary cement shall beaceounted for
i" grouting i.e. 4.4 bags while cement @ Rs. 250 per .bag and 4.4 bags @ Rs. 80.00 per bag.
)' (ii) For light shades 8.8 bags of white cement @ Rs. 250.00 per bag shall be calculated.
! 'Note :~ (1) If terrazzo tiles arc laid in treads of steps not exceeding 30 cm in width extra labour
r shall be added per 100 sq 01 Mason 2 nos., Mazdoor 2 nos. and' polisher nos. .,' &1'
c-
(2) Floors are polished three times. After polishing each time cement grout with colouring pigment ,
r. is lapped over the floor to fill up joints etc. and left out for some days before the 2nd time polishing.
~ ..
f
,
r.
, )
. : i ~ , ".: : ' . :.: ': -i,,,;, . ': .. "!' .."" ~ ',.:I:; . "
1317. Analysls 'of. Rates for,' -Roof'lng.: ":. '. .' . - ......
49. 10' c'm":
a~erage' thick lime'
ter'radng on . R: .C. roof 'wlth 2S trim' 'gauge overburnt.'
brick ballast at first floor' (proportion 2 : 2 : 7);
. Consider first 100 sq m. . Unit = J sq m.
Catcutatton "m.ateria[s-: --...,;;' sumrnauon 'of pta-portions '::-2--,.--2 T'-?" :::"ll--------,t"--- -- ~ - -" _. _.- ...--".--- -
Wet volume of concrete 0.10 x 100 = =10 cu m. Lime = l1 .x 2 = 2.9 cu ni. Surki = 2:9 cu m.
Brick ballast
- ~~ x 7 - 10 20 cu m
Particulars ~itY.. Rate
Rs. P.
Amount
Rs. P.
'"
lnos.
Contingencies, T. & P., etc. ... L. S. ?% (a +b) 37.35 . :I~ :, .. Il.
37.35 Il
.sq. )~imigu~j Tile 'roofi~g'Jh 1.iJI!~,:.,ri~9riar ('1': 2). pointing the joiIl;t~ :,~iti{it~rit~nt'mortar'
(1 : 2).'_~.x.:~lu~ing frame\vork~:<~\''.; ,', ..... . - ;'.. '~ ;'!:'" ",,:;,;.";,'::, .':. . .
.: I
.. ;
. I
Rs. P.
Amount
Rs. P.
(a) Materials.- Mangalore tiles ... 150 nos. 250.00 per % nos. 375.00
Mangalore ridge tiles ... . 10 nos. 3.50 Each 35.00
Teak rafter 3 em x 2 em ... 0.17 ell m 14.00 per cu m 55.50
Battens nails ... 2.5 kg. 26.00 per kg. 65.00
Surki ... 0.08 GU m 200.00 per cu m 16.00
White lime (slaked) ... 0.04 cu m 450.00 per cu m 18.00
1
(b) Labour. - Carpenter ... 2" no. 45.00 Each per day 22.50 .
Tile layer ... 2"1 no. 43.00 " " " 21.50
Mazdoor (Beldar) ... 3 nos. 25.00 "
.. .. 87.50
1 '
Contingencies T. & P. etc. L. S. 7% (a+b) 3.48 L. S. 3.48
Total = .698.48
(c) Water charges. @ l%of the total .. = 6.98
"
Tota1= , .,:
705.46
(d) Profit and overhead. - @ 10% of the totai. = 70.55
., Rate per sq m = 7.76
: Grand lotal == 776. 10
. . ' "
52. Corruagated GalvanizedTron . (C. G_~ .1.) 0.63 mm thick (i.e. 24 B. G~) sheet. Roofing
(exciuding the cost of purlins and rafters). -
.,' Consider first 10 sq m. - .;. -J/nit = 1 sq m:
(a) Materials. - . _ .'. ,/.",: r . ,
C. G. 1. sheets (with 1~ ..cn:tend)a'p' _. 1~.8
sq m ",' :"; .~, ',. ~~. \ : .c. .: ~~
"
---~ <,
-.1
ANALYSIS OF, RATE , 513
-II Rs. P.
Rs. P.
I Total =. I 1.191.75
(c) \Vater charl-:es. - @ 1% of the total = 11.92
Total = 1,203.65
(d) Profit and Overhead. @ 10% of the total = 120.36
'------
i, " "
514 ESTIMATIN6 COSTlNqAND SPECIFICATION
'. ~ . t ~. .
1315. Analysis of Rates for f'lnlshlng. (,'
$7. White washing.2 coats on a~oat of primer to new plaster.
Unit = 1 sq m.
.
Considerfirst 100 sq m.
Particulars
"
Quantity
.... _.
Rate Amount'
... ,- ",I ..... ....
, "
''''Rs~ "P: ' "
f-"Rs"."P.'
, , I
50.00
Contingencies. ladders. etc. ... LS. -o(a+b) 0.86 L. S. 0.86
Total = 172.06
(c) Water charges. ... ... @ 1% of the total :;:: 1.72
Total = 173.78 .; .
I
18.75
..
Contingencies, ladder etc. L S. '+-f'o (a + b) 15.00 L. S. 15.00
Total = 89.25
(c) Water charges. - ... @ 1% of the lotal = 0.89
Total = 90.14
(d) Profit and Overhead. - ... @ 10% of the total = 9.01
. .... Rate .per ~q m = Rs. 0.99 Grand total = 99.15
63. Decorative Water proofing cement coating on plastered surface (may be snow cem
Blucccm, Super-cern, Duro-cern two coats. Similar compound may' be prepared by mixing white cement
with coloured powder pigrnent.) ..
Consider first 100 sq m. Unit = 1 sq m.
a) Materuus.e-Snowccm (Duro-cent) Ier ,.
1st coat
.2nd coat
. 30 kg
20 kg
I
50 kg
19.50 per kg . I 975.00
(b). Labour. Painter 5 nos .. 38.00 Each per day I 190.00
Mazdoor (Helper) i 5 nos. 175.00. " . " ": 125.00
Contingencies, ladder. T. & P. etc. l1. s. -Jr." (a + b) I 15.00 -
I ....
"": 15.00
Total :0=. 1,305.00
(c) Water charges. - @ 1% of the total == 13.05
Total == 1.318.05
(d) Profit and Overhead. @ 10% of the to 1.411 = 131.80
.. Rate per. sq III == Rs. 14.50 Grand total == 1,449.85
. ~ .:. ~ .
516 ESTIMATINQCOSTINGAND SPEQf1CATION ';.
. ' ,:;,.,.} ". ~
~4.
Wall painting ..(twoor morejaoats) with; plastic emuislon paint of approv~ brand and
manufacture' on new work to give an uniform shade: .
'. Consider first 100 sq m. Unit = 1 sq m.
Calculation ofMaterials : - Sa~e procedure as stated in Sl. no. 58. .
" ..<Izabour Gang-----(B) - .." .
. - .. ..... _.. - .. - _._
\
Rs. P.
Rs. P:
(a) Materials. -Plastic emulsion paint Materials for 12 Litre 87.00 litre 1,044.00
filling in holes and cracks (putty etc.) ... L. S. 17.00 L. S. 17.00
(b) Labour. - Painter (classI) . ... 5.5 nos. 38.00 Each per day .,
209.00
Mazdoor (Helper) ... 5.5 nos. 25.00 " " 137.50
. Brushes, Sandpaper etc. L. S. 24.00 L. S. 24.00
Sundries ." L S. -kro (a + b) L.S. 15.00
Total = 1,446.50
(c) Waterrcharges. - ... @ l%of the total == 14.46
Total = 1,460.96
(d) Profit and Overhead, - - ... .@ 10% of the total . . 146.09
:. Rate per sq m = Rs. 16.07 Grand total = 1,607.05
65.' Pr imer coat with ready mixed primer on steel WOrk.
, i
Consider first 100 sq m. Unit = 1 sq m.
Materials Labour
. 1 .
Primer (Rs. 50.00 per litre) 5.5 Iitres, Painter - 2 '2 nos.
Sundries, brushes, sand paper. Rs. 20.00 L.S. .Mazdoor (helper) - 2 t nos.
"66. Primer coat with ready. mixed primer on Wood work.
.. Consider first 100 sq m. Unit =1 sq m.
'.: Primer (Rs. 45.00 per litre) 7.5 litres Painter = 2 nos.. . ..~.::..'~
Putty L.S. Rs. 8.00 Mazdoor (helper)- 2t nos. -..
. Sundries, brushes; sand papcr.. L.S. Rs. 20.00 ..
., ~7. -p~i.~ti~g' two coats (excluding primer coat) -wlth ready mixed paint for new wood
:"",~or~:-:to ~give aneven surface'::;'.. ':. :. ;!:'.' , : .. ~ '.' ~
. ,
.. . Consider first 100 sqm. :.. Unit J sq m. = I
,i
(a) Materials.-Paint (Enamel, I.C.I.) 121itres 87.00 litre. l.~~.OO I
, i
. Putty, sandpaper etc ..' . T~."S .. 20.00 L. S. . 20.00
. . I'
. . .... ,-.
(b) Labour, - Painter (class 1) 5 2" nos. 38.00 Each Per day 209.00
I
Mazdoor (helper) ... S j nos. 25.00 " 137.50
. Contingencies T. & P. etc. . .. L S. ,,"0 (a + b) L. S . 20.00
------=:=---=---;---::--:-::-:;--::-:::
I
I T013I= 1.430.50
(c) Water charges. -
, .. \ @ l%of I the total = 14.31
I TOt:.\I= 1,444.81
(d ) Profit and Overhead. ... @ 10% of :I the tot ,II == 144.48
For 100 sq m.. paint = 7.5 litres, Painter = 3.5 nos. Mazdoor (helper) = 3.5 nos.
.~
. "
69.' Suppl)'ing. and fitting, fixing 12 m rn diameter G. 1. pipes with G.!. fittings' and
'.
M.S .. clamps including cuuing holes in walls and mending good the same complete for internal work.
~-~.
Rs. P.
------------------.----f----
(a) Materials.
12 rnrn diu. G. I. pipcsuncdium) lOOrm 29.00 pCI' I'm 2,900.00
Fitting and wastage 5% of I
pipe cost ,
I
145.00
i
While lead. oil, hemp L. S. i 20.00 L. S.
20.00
Cement. sand, grit (for mending wall) L. S. 2(1.00 L. S.
20.00
(b) La bou r.
Filler 3 1105. 150.00
I' .
Assistant [ittcr
1 .
4 nos. 130.00
. Mazdoor (Bcldar) 6 nos. 150.00
: '
'1 ' (d) Profit and Overhead. - @ 10% of the
.. Rate per I'm ::; Rs. 46.06 Grand Total = 4,606...21
... -~_.~-...:.:::.....-._._
. . _~..;:.4
518 ESTIMATING\ COSTING AND SPECIF:ICATION
o ~ : Il .
n. L-aying, fitting, fixing 100mm~ din. C. L pipes, provlding wit:h tighton joint ~.n-
~ludjng tc.sting of the joint and trench cuttipg for the I?ipe laing up to a depth of mvcrt 90 CI~ and refill
ing.jiressing etc. complete. ... .: ,~.. ,Umt,=l'er r m.
(Length of each pipe is 4.0 m and suppliedfrom departmental 'storewithin 10 km). CC?nsider{irst (l
lenglAoj-20 r.m.of pipe.. line.-NumbeLoLj.9.in1s.J~lr aJengJILQflQ-f._I;P. ,':I~!l,~.~~~~:!O~I;EI?~,S,:::,i= .
5 no~. :. . , ; : ..
(a) l\lu ter ials. - ...
Carriage of materials weighing approx, '
450 kg within 10 km distance . L. S. 50.00 L. S. 20.00
For 5 nos. joints tighton-
Rubber gasket 100 mm dia 4 nos. 7.50 Each 30.00
(b) Labour. - .
*For trench and refilling etc.
Section 90 cm x 60 ern 21.50 cu m 7.00 per cu m 150.50
For pipe laying and jointing- 1
Filler . "2 no. 50.00 Each per day 25.00
Assistant Filler 1 no. 45.00 Each per day 45.00
Mazdoor (Bcldar) 1nm: 2500 " "" 75.00
Total. = 375.50
(c) Water charges. @I%of the total . 2.- .1.li..
Total = 379.25
(d) Profit and Overhead. @ 10% of the total _ .)7. 1) ,;
:. Rate per r m = Rs, 41.68 Grand total", 4,1 "1. j is
*y 01. for trenching = 0.90 x.0.60 x 20,=.. 10.80 cu m
Vol, for refilling = 10.8 - Tt/4 x 0.1 2 . x 20= 10.70 cu m
.Total = 21.50 cu m
73. Laying, fi~ting,. and ~ixing 150. ~m dia,~ c~,r .. tlghton joint pipes providing with
rubber gasket including testing of the joint and trench CUlling. depth of invert 75 em and refilling.
dressing. etc.. complete. (Length of each pipe is 4.00 m supplied from 'departmental store).
Consider first a length of20 r.m of pipe;line. Unit = 1 r m.
I ioi 20 .
No. 0 joints = 4' = nos.5
. .",.-.
(a) Mater iuls.' - .
Carriage of materials . ,. ... ... '..
weighingapprox. 660 kg within 10 km distance .y.~~. . "5'6:06:L.S. 50.00
.For 5 nos. joints- .... _.. ~ . '. ~_ ...._. '."_. -"
Rubber gasket 150 mm dia 4 nos. 18.00 Each 72.00''
Sundries; T. & P. etc. L. S. 20.00 L. S. 20.00
(b) Labour. -
*Fnr. Trenching and refilling etc.
Section 75 cm x 60cm" 17.65 cu m 7.50-.:u m 132':.-8
For pipe laying and jointing-i-
Filler - 1 nos. 50.00 each per day 50.00
Assistant filler 1 nos. 45.00 per day 45.00
Mazdoor (Bcldar) 4 nos. 25.00 each per day 100.00
Total = i 469.38
(c) Water charges. -
@ 10%
total
Towl =
=
-
r.
I
I
4.69
474.07
47.41
:.Rate per r m = Rs. 26.07 Grand total = 521.48
"Vol. for trenching = 0.75 x 0.60 x 20 = 9.00 cu m
Vol. for refilling = 9.00 - Tt/4 x (0.15)2 x 20::: 8.65 cu m
Total = 17.65 cu m
ANALYSIS OF'RATE 519
74 . Supplying, laying and jointing 100 rnm dla. glazed stoneware' pipes with cement
mortarjl; .1:. (costs of concrete for embedding the pipe and earthw.ork are to be calculated as per design
.i
and drawing). .. " . . . '.
. Considerfirst 15 r m . Unit = per r.m.
Number of joints with Iengtho[-eachpieceis60-cm-=~=-2.5~nos. --- -._-- .-:--.....
. Quantity
. Rate Amount
Particulars
Rs. P. Rs. P.
(a) Materials. -
100 mm dia. S. W. pipes 60 em long each ... 25 nos . 19.80 per piece 495.00
Allowance for breakage ... 5% the cost
of materials - 24.75
Cement for 25 joints (0.022 cu m) .. , :;:; 0.66 bags 80.00 per bag 52.80
Sand (coarse) ... 0.022 Cll In 225.00 per eu m 4.95
Spun-yam or plain gasket@ 0.1 kg per joint ... 2.5 kg. 9.00 per kg I 22.50
Sundries, T. & P. etc. ... L. S. 15.00 L. S. . 15.00
(b) Labour. -
Mason ... 1 no. 45.00 Each per day 45.00
Mazdoor(Bcldar) . .., 2 nos. 25.00 Each per day 50.00
Total:;:; 710.00
(c) .Water charges. - . ... @ 1% of the total = 7.10
Total = 717.10
(d) Profit including overhead. - '" @ 10% of the total = 71.71
:. Rate per rm = Rs. 52.59 Grand total :;:; 588.81
75. Supplying, laying and jointing 150 mm dia. glazed stoneware pipes with cement
'mortar 1 : 1 (costs of concrete for embedding the pipe and earthwork are to be calculated as per design
and drawing).
Considerfirsli5 rm. Unit = per r m.
Number of joints with length of each piece is 60:cm = = 25 nos. -d.to
Particulars . Quantity Rate ."
Amount
. ~.
i : .Rs. P. ns. P.
(a) Materials. -
ISO mm dia, S. W. pipes 60 ern long each ... 25 nos. 24.50 I 612.50
Allowance for breakage. ;" ,. . 5% of the
r:
:;
,
."
materials -
..
I 30.63
Cement for 25 joints (0.034 cu 111) .., I ;:::; 1.02 bags 80.00 pel bag 81.60
Sand (coarse) "
.... , O.034-cu rr. :::.OC"IA-r c.; III !
7;GS'
Spun-yam or plain gasket@ 0.18 kg per ,
joint = 25x 0.18 ... \
.4.5 kg 9.00 per kg 40.50
!
Sundries, T. & P. etc ... L. S. 15.00 L. S. 15.00
(b) Labour. - I !
Mason .
... 1
~ .. 1 1Inos. 45.00 Each per day i 67.50
Mazdoor ~ Bcldar) ." j 2"2 nos. 25.00 Each per day 62.50
Total = 917.88
(c) Water chargcs. - . . .. @ 1% of the total = 9.18
Total = 927.06
(d) Profit and overhead. - ... @ 10% of the total :;:; 92.71
(a) Materials
45 cm white glazed earthenware W. C.
pan ... 1 no. 120.00 Each 120.00
100 mm H. C. 1. P-trap '" 1 no. 60.00 60.00
15 litres C. 1. flushing cistern with .'
fi ttings and G. 1. chain etc.. ... 1 no. 350.00 Each 350.00
,
~C. 1. brackets ... 1 pair 25.00 25.00
t .~
.. '. .'
Cement, sand and grit :: ; ... L.S.: - . .; ~ ~ j , ;: 18.;QO.:Lt:~ . 18~00
.s .
Painting to cistern etc. ... L. S. 8.00 c;~:s>_ 8~00
. .'~
.1
. ..
Sundries, T. & P. etc. ... L. S. 12.oo'L. S.. 12.00
.' .
(b) Labour-
Fitter (plum bing Mistri) ... 1 no. 50.00 .:2ach per day . 50.00
'.'.
1
Mason ... 2" no. 45.00 Each per day 22.50
Mazdoor (Beldar) ... 1 no. 30.00 Each per day 30.00
Total == 758.50
(c) Profit including overhead ... @ 10% = 75.85
Grand Total = 834.35
:. Rate of each pan = Rs. 834.35
.~--
.. , -i:i1 .
ANALYSIS OF RATE
(a) Materials
Mason
1 It
T no. 45.00 22.50
Mazdoor (Beldar)
I no. 30.00 . 30.00
Total = 697.50
(c) Profit including overhead- @ 10% = 69.75.
......
ANALYSIS OF RATE 523
13-19. Short notes on Bituminous road surfacing. - The main types of bituminous road surfac
ing arc as follows :
'ta) Surface Dressing. (b) Penetration or Grouting method and (c) Premix.
(a) Surface Dressingi-- 'Thismethodconsistsof theapplicationof ~ lhihIilrilof15itiimen a on
cleaned mecadam road face and then binding this film with stone chippings. Surface dressing may be ap
plied in one or two coats according to the surface condition. For two coats surface dressing larger sized
chipping should be used for binding the first layer.
(b) Penetration or Grouting : - In this method metal is spread first on the road surface to the speci
fied thickness and profile lightly rolled in such a way that the interstices between the stones are fairly
open. Bitumen is then applied on the road and allowed to penetrate between the stones through the inter
ctices; in this way the dry chipping are coated with bitumen and bound together. The grouted surface is
then rolled to specified compaction. '
When the bitumen is allowed to penetrate to the full depth of the stone layer it is called Full
Grout; when it penetrates to only half the depth or less, it is known as Semi Grout. .
78. Surface dressing or Bituminous painting -one coat.
Consider first 100 sq m Unit = 1 sq m.
Particulars Quantity Rate Amount
Rs. P. Rs. P.
(a) Ma terials. -
(i) Stone chips 12 mm standard size @ 1.52 cu m .,-,
per 100 sq rn '" 1.52 eu m 325.00 per eu m 494.00
(ii) Bitumen (Transported up to work site) 199 kg
__ @ 194 kg per 100 sq m + 2 i% wastage = 0.199T 4~000 per tonne .- 796.00
(b): Labour ., Mazdoor(Beldar)
(i) .For brushing off road surface -. . 4~ Nos.
(ii) For heating and sprayings Bitumen -. . 2~-N6S;
(iii), For spreading chippings . 2Nos.--
(c) Plant-Hire of one tar Boiler including sprayer 9Nos. _.,', 25.00 per day
@ 600 sq m per day . I th
-0 day . _25.oo_per day
(d) RolHng.-Hire of Roller @ 600 sq m per day
! including auendant staff ... -i th day 300.0:0 per day
te) Fuel.e-l-irewoou lorhciliing-Bitumen-@- 4 quintals
pcrlonne of Bitumen . 79 kg 1.50 per kg
Diesel for roller@ 18 litrcs of per day .. 3 litres . 4.20 per litre
Contingencies (including lighting
arrangement) etc. L. S. 20.00 L. S.
Total =
(f) Water charges. - @ l%of the total =
Total =
(g) Profit and overhead. - @ 10% of the total =
" Rate per sq m = Rs. 19.10 Grand Total = 1.910.67
--<
. j... ; l
524 ESTlMATlNP COSTING
.. . AND SPEqFICATlON
'.
. ~
~
79. Surface dressing. or IHtumin,Jus paintiit~ .sebmd c~at.. ~,. ~ .
. .' 1 ~("
including attendant staff @ 900 sq m per day I 325.00 per day 36.11
(d) Fuel. - Steam coal for heating I
@ 2q per tonne of bitumen 1 0.3 cu. . I 40.00 per Qtl. 12.00
' ..
ANALYSIS OF RATE
525
81. 25 mm thick premix chipping carpet or premix Bituminous Road surfacing
Considerfirst 100 sq m Unit =per sq m.
Particulars Quantity 'Rate Amount
Rs. P. Rs. P.
- "'--'-- .. - .. ~
(a) Materials. -
I
For tack coa L-Bitumen (shelmac or shclspra) I 7S kg
I
@ 73 kg per 100 sq m + 2-1 % wastage ::: 0.075 T
.__. .. _
....:z.~~,.:;;.._ .. _ ...... _-:.o:.l
il
III
l
526 ESTIMATING COSTING AND SPECIFlCATION
Factor~ influencing the cost of transport : - Materials' are usually carried to the departmen
tal store or to the works site either by animal transport such a by Bullock carts or by mechanical transport
grammaticallity below.
Cost of Transport
caP~ity and
( I
(1) Cost of ownership , (3) 'Inc I (5) The of keoo (7) The lead of
loading Of the vehicle. ' the vehicle. materials per trip.
I I r-
(2) For mechanical (4) Labour cost for (6) Number of (8) Fot mechanical transport
transport the rate loading, unloading trips in a day allowance for movement of the
_ of fuel consumption and delay per trip. (8 hours). the truck from parking place
to duty spot and back.
Before going further, let us explain the different factors in short.
(1) Cost of Ownership : - This includes the cost of hire charges of the vehicle for a working peri
od (8 hours) in a day including the cost of driver. For animal transport Bullock Cart charges ofRs. 100.00
may be considered fair and in the case of mechanical transport hire charge of a truck (diesel) of Rs. 400.00
(2) For mechanical transport the rate of fuel consumption and its cost : - The rate of
diesel oil consumption may be assumed at 1 litre per 5 k.m. and the rate of mobil oil consumption at a rate of
of materials. A chart has therefore been given below showing the carrying capacity of different materials by
different transport. In some cases a diesel truck may carry more quantity of materials at their own risk but
such volumes can not be taken into consideration in the analysis of rate.
No.
.. ;. ...
' '
- ,
, By bullock ':,' ,
-..... 1
.~.
By diesel truck
1. Bricks call (8 tonnes capacity)
(a) Modular or tradltional 9" x 4 -i, "
x 3" 400 nos. 2,000 nos. '
I
('0) Traditional 10" x 5" x 3" 300 nos. 1.800 nos.
'L. Sana, Lime. SUfKi, Mooram.etc. Earth, B...Ilast,
Building rubbish, Boulders etc. 9.0cu m 42cum
3. Cement, stoneblocks, steel or other heavy materials \ 1.5 tonnes 8.0 tonnes
4. Timber ... ... .., ... 1.4 cu m 3.5 cu m
5. S. W. pipe (a) 100 mm dia, . ..
... 75r m 350r m
" " (b) 150 mm dia, ... ... 45rm 180rm
1
6. Tar, Bitumen etc. It tonncs 5 tonnes
(4) Labour cost for loading unloading and delay per trip : - The labour COSLfor loading
and unloading a load will depend on several considerations such as the weight of the load, the size of the load,
the ease of taking hold of the load and the kind of material. Beside these the cost also depends on the skill of
the workman, his rate of work eLC There is no special rule whereby the best combination of the above
I
number of men those who will be along with the truck will work efficiently and economically, The number
t of labourers, Mazdoor (Beldar) in such a gang may be taken as 6 nos.per truck. '.
I The time required for loadi~f and unloadingwil] varyon dilfcrcntjobs, diffcrent materials and different
-, . IIIethods 0 f load i ng, A period or~ hour is lo-be allowed, Ior.loading and,.u.nJo_adiogjO_C;lJ:_b_Jdp.bY..ani rna1
transport and I hour by mechanical transport according to the recommendations of Ccrural Public Works De
I partmcnt.
(5) The speed of the vehicle : - This depends on the lead of materials. If the lead be lesser the
I speed will be lower. At the beginning the estimator is generally inclined to estimate the average truck spec'!..
I at too. high a value. For a lead of I km the average speed is to be considered as 10 km per hour and for each ad
i
ditional lead of I km over the initial lead an increase of km may be allowed according to the practice of
I CP.W.D. For a Bullock cart the speed may be assumed 4 km.
i (6) Number of trips in a working day (8 hours) : - Number of trips in a working day de
pends upon the speed which itself dependsupon the truck, the road, trafficand the driver.
I
, The nwnber of trips in a workingday of 8 hours may be gi ven by :
\
N 2L 8 3 This is applicablefor any type of transport.
S+ 4
i
where, L =The lead in kilometre, S =The speed in kilometre per hour, i hour is the time allowed for
, I loading per trip. .
! \
(7) The lead ofma tt:r.ials- The shorter the lead of materials, the greater is the carrying cost and
"
i! vice versa. The time and cost for loading and unloading are same per trip of a vehicle. Now if the lead be
shorter the above rate will be higher in comparison to rate for longer distances.For a short distance a mechan
ical transport cannot speed up fully in comparison to the rate for longer distances.
(8) Allowance for movement of truck from parking place to duty spot and back :
r ! A distance of 6 km may be allowed for movement of truck from parking place to duty spot and back.
,
--
t 13-21. How is the Analysis of rate for carriage of materials individually prepared ?
Analysis of rate of a material for the quantity per unit of rate can be worked out based on the capacity
'r
I of the cartper trip and the number of trips required to carry the quantity of materials. The total cost for the
/
! number of trips at the rate to the specified lead is to be calculated. Then an amount of 10% to the total cost is
to be added for contractor's profit to show the cite per unit of the material. Overhead charges may be excluded,
" I considering that no hand tools or operating machinery becomes necessary for carriage of the materials.
-
- I Example : Analysis of rate for carrrlage.. of materia~' Sand, Lime, Moorum , Earth,
Ballast, Boulders, Building ,~~bbish ~lC. for a I~ad of ~ .km = . 2 x5 3 2.46. (This has been shown
,
in.the above table.) '.. ' . " T ~-
Ac!opt;ng a !raI. rate for hiring charge of Bullock.cart @Rs.1OO.OO per day.cost per,trip =~ = Rs. 40.65
.'
Ii Volume ofmaterials to be carried = J cu m. Carrying capacity per trip. = 0.9 cu m. . .
-. Number of trips required e ~ = 1.11. me cost has been shown in the table as below.
Ma~rials Unit c'+: Quantity . Number Rate Amount
"
i rate per trip . of trips pcrtri~ Rs. P.
i Rs. P.
Sand, Lime, Mooruiu, Earth. .!
Ballast, Boulders etc. I
I
cum 0.9 eu m 1.11 40.65 45.17
Profil ! @1O% of the I total . 4.52
Total = 49.69
:. The carrying rate of I cu m of anyone of the above mentioned material by bullock cart for a lead of 5 km =
' .. Rs,49.69,
. ,~~-~---._.;....:.;J::
528 ESTIMATrNG,(COSTING,:$PECIFICA'I'ION AND VALUAnON
I' ~ "{ f
, i . .
Example: 1,000 nos. of brick to be transported at a distance of 8 kID from the site of manufacture
either in a cart or diesel truck, By rate analysis find out which one will be cheaper with following data:
Cart chargee Rs.125 per day (8 hours) with carrying capacity of 300 nos. of bricks: hire charge of'diesel
truck = Rs. 600 per day (8 hours) with a carrying capacity ofl,8oo nos. of bricks, cost of diesel =Rs. 5.31
... -pcr-Jitre ~Mobil = Rs;28;01-per Htre-;[email protected] cac.h_pe.r.dJ!y'_~Y,$p~d = 20 km per hour. The
rate should be analysed according to the standard practice of the Central Public Wm-ks-Department:-
- S
Case .; L By Cart: Number of trips per day N
2L -l- 3
S '4
N ~
1::: 2 x .8
8
3
2 6
== .4 .. .,
C
o~t per
..
tnp =
Rs.125
2.46 ==
Rs 5208
. .
-4-+4 .
Adding 10% profit, .', Cost pee trip = Rs. 52.08 + Rs.5.21 = Rs.57.29
The analysis of rates dealt in the previous chapter (Chapter II) give the quantities of materials
and labour required for different items of works for their respective units. Knowing the analysis per
. unit, the materials and labour required for a whole buildingor a work, can be calculated. A few
problems are solved in the following pages as illustrations. First detailed estimate of the work will
be prepared and the quantities of differeru items of work calculated. t hen from these q uantuies the
details of materials may be calculated.
Materials statements-This is a statement of materials or a list of materials required far a
particular work. The estimate may be accompanied with a statement of materials required for the
completion of the work. Generally, each estimate is accompanied with a statement of main
materials or important materials which may be arranged in advance during the execution of work.
Materials statement is also known Appreciation of Materials,
Example I.-Calculate the materials for J 00 metres length of a jail wall whose cross-section is
given in Fig. 12.1. .
The wall is of l-class brickwork in cement sand mortar I : 6 finished with 12 mm thick plastering
both side above G. L. with cement sand mortar 1 : 6. Foundation concrete is of cement, sand l-class
brick ballast of I : 4 : 8 proportion.
JAIL WALL
r':
90 em
-J.
t-~--
;"
J
.. ', 150cm
l-._..
II.
.
.
,
210 em
SO em
:..- 90 em --ti
Fig. 12-1
First by dct uilccl cstinuuc met hod the q uantitics ofdifferent items of work ha Ie been tekca out
and t licn wit h the hell' oralli/lysis. the nuucriuls worked out.
548 ESTIMATING AND COSTING
50 em wall
above footing 100.00 0.50. 2.30 115.00 Outer sloping
consideredlas ;
., Total 214.00
eu m
3 12 mm Cement
'sand plaster :t~:
l : 6
I
Inner side
Outer side
100.00
100.00
-
-
4.50
4.70
450.00
470.00 Ht.=4.5+.1 +
.1=4.70 rn
I
,.~~.
!
. : .. : ~/~ .
: Top I 100.00 0.30 - 30.00
; i
i I Total 950.00
i. ..L..~ sq m
Example 2-Estimate the quantitiesof brick, brick ballast, lime, surkhi, sand, stone ballast and
cemFnt required in the construction of the two-roomed building of Example 5 given in pages 93-95.
(Figs. 3-5 and 3-6). .
Note-From the detailed estimate and Abstract of Estimate in pages 96-/09 the quantities of
different items of works involving the above mentioned materials are taken and the requirement of
materials are calculated os given in the next page 550-552..
. .~
. r
';~~f~~"
.'....':.c'
ked :~:)~;,
2 3 4 5 .6
7 8 9 10 II
~udtion-IO.74 cu m
10.74 1.72 3.44
cu m eu m eu m
Per cu m-
1.00 eu m Brick ballast
.1
40 mm gauge >
0.16 cu m White lime
slaked
0.32 cu m Surkhi
-22.32 cu m
11160 1.004 6.03
nos. cu m cu m
Per cu m- ....\,
500 nos. Bricks
0.045 cu m Cement '>
0.27 cu m Sand' (localj'
3. I-elass brickwork in )
superstructure with 1:2
lime mortar
3Q.1O cu m 15050 \
3.61 7.22 '0,," i
I,
nos. cu m cu m . .i
,I
;~ ~~s~Bricks }
0; 12 cu m lime slaked
'.'
I
i
0.24 cu m Surkhi \,
4. R.B. work, in linte1s 1
1.788 cu m 805 0.214 0.64 i -- J -
I
I ~
i
i
I(,;u'ffi 'i..l,m I'. ,,, I
r
, t
Per cu m
I
I
4~0 nos. Bricks
0.12 cu m Cement
0.36 eu m Sand
(coarse)
} I
!
I
";.
5. 2 em D.P.C. 1:2
cement sand mortar
10.52 sq m
0.095 0.J9
Per (Jfo
7( sq m
eu m eu m
(Ex. 2 Contd.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
6. R'C'Crworkl :1!-1- :-3 - . .... - - .. _, ... ----_ ... . - .. --_. _... ................ '---_._-
8. 10 em Lime concrete in
roofterracing-53.60sq
m =5.36 ell m - - 5.36 - - - - ,0.97 - 1.93
cum, cum
,./
Percu m
1.00 cu m Brick. ballast
,1 cum
25 mm .. >
i
,. \'
0.18 cu m Lime (slaked)
0.36 cu m Surkhi ' .
I
9. 12 mm plastering 1:1:6
cement, lime and sand.:
285.60 sq m --,
- - - - 0.857 - 5:14 0.86 - -
cum cum cum
Per%sq ffi
0.30 cu m Cement '>
.-: '. 0.30 eu m Lime (slaked)
1.80 eli m Sand(local)' - .. , , .
(Ex. 2 Contd.)
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO 1'1
~' ..
For 2.5em C.C. 1:2:4 ~~'.; ~.~I,:.:: .'
r-
_.. . _ .. - - " ' - ' ... __ ._ - _.. - _- .... _... . - ._..... - .
;~~~'}'.
. .. .. ... .
"Per%sqm
~
~.
- 2.40 cu m Stone
aggregate 20 mm
1.20 cu m Sand (coarse) >
0.80cu m Cement
including cement
finishing .,.J ,
.Meterials
, Stone agzrezate 20 mm-@ 0.88 eu m per eu m of R.C.C.=2.189x.88=1.926 eu m.
Sand eoarse-@ 0.44 eu m per eu m of R.C.C=2.189x.44==0.963.eu m.
Cement__@ ... .
0.22 eu m per eu
_.-
-,'
m -of R.C.C.=2.189x.22=0,482
..__
~_ ._----_ _-._-_
, " -_ _--_.
eu -m
'
=0.482x30
"'.-..- .
bags==14.5 bags.
. 1 .
Steel = @ 1% of R.CC. -2.189x _ eu m = 0.02189x78.5 q=1.718 q.
Cost- 100. .
Stone aggregate 20 mm 1.926 eu m @ Rs. 315.00 per eu m ==Rs. 606.69
Sand coarse 0.963 eu m @ Rs. 150.00 oer eu m ==Rs. 144.45
Cement 14.5 bags @ Rs. 65.00 per bag ==Rs. 942.50
Steel 1.718 q @ Rs. 650.00 per q = Rs.ll16.70
TotaJ cost of materiaJs ;; Rs. 2810.34
Labour for concreting, bending and binding of steel, centering
and shuttering for 2.189 cu m R.CC. work @ Rs. 80.00
per eu m = Rs. 175.12
Total cost of material and labour =Rs. 2985.46
Add 5% Contingencies Rs. =149.27
Grand Total Rs: =3134.73
Example 4.- Estimate the quantities of materials required fora R.B. slab roof over a verandah
2.50 metre wide and 12 metre long. The slab will be 14 em thick consisting of one layer of brick die
over one layer of standard brick, laid in 1 : 3 cement and coarsesand mortar with 0.3 per cent
reinforcement. . .
. Quantity of R.B. work-(Beadng on wall 15 cm)=12.30 x2.80XO.l4==4.822 cu m.
Area of R.B. slab=1230x2.80=34.44 sq m. '
(1). Bricks standard size withJ em mortar joint
, No. per sq m == 1 sq m = 10000 == ~8 =40 nos. including wastage.
19 +- 3 x 9 + 3 x 12 n
100 100 ,
No. of standard bricks @ 40 nos. per sq m = 34.44 x 40=13 78
(n) Brick tile with 1 em mortar joint-s
, I sq m . 10000
:-
;/ .. "'
EST!:MATING ~ND COStiNG
! i
. I
~; ,: A .'
Prom the detailed estimate ofthp Aqueduct in page; 4;1432. the quantities ofdifferent items
ot' work are obtained and the quan.t~ies are calcula(ed as follows :_
. ~. ~
... Cal~uliltion-of ~aterials(E".S) . _ :::f;\:t
... ":
Particulars of items of work Br.cks Bricks 40mm 20 min Cement .Sand Sand Steel
and basis of materials l-class, ll-class brick .Stone coarse (local)
per unit ballast ballast
,
i
1. Cement concrete 1:4:8
with brick ballast
~~;c~:- -
- 1.78 - 0.222 - 0.89 -
cu m cum cu m
0.92 ell m brick ballast 40mn .
0.46 cu m Sand (local)
0.115 cu m Cement
2. l-class brickwork in 1:4'
cement mortar
4870 - - -
9.74 cu m
Per cu m-
500 nos. Bricks I-class .
}
. nos.
0.58
cum
2.34
eu .,.,
-
I -
0.06 cu m Cement
0.24 cu m Sand
3. R;C.C. work 1:2:4
5.48 cu m
Percu m-
I - - - 4.82 1.20 2.41 - 4.302
cum cu m cu m q
0.88 cu m Stone ballast
20 mm >.
0.44 cu m Sand (coarse) I
0.22 cu m Cement
0.785 q steel @ 1%
4. Cement pointing ..
Example 6-Estimate the quantity of materials required for the construction of a 3 metre span
culvert as per drawings in Figs 8.8 and 8.9 given in pages.384-385 .
, i . ' The quantities ofdifferent itcms.ofworkheve qeen calculated under dctsiled estimate in pages
/ 385-388. and (rom those quantities of work, the reqil1remeiJ {offiiiifefials-Ei.ttnJalculated below:
Calculation of Materials (Ex. 6)
I; Particulars of items of work and basis
Brick 40mm Cement Sand Lime Surkhi
of materials
I-class Brick slaked
ballast
I. Lime concrete in foundation-31.61 cu m - 31.6r - - 5.06 10.12
1.00 cu m Brick ballast 40 mm} cum cu m cu m
0.16 cu m Lime slaked' per cu m
0.32 cu m .Surkhi' ,'
2. I-class Brickwork in 1:4 cement mortar
82.03 cu m
41015 - 4.922 19.69 - -
\!
":
I
, i
.! ,
I
500 nos. Bricks l-class
0.06 cu m Cement,
, i
)I 0.075 Cll m Cement
0.225 cu m Sand ')
1.
!~
I 4. Brick on edge floor in I : 3 cement
-,I ,t mortar-30.30 sq J(J.
1515 - 0.227 0.6.8 - '
r , II For Brick floor I : 3
5000. nos. l-class brick
nos. curn cum;
1
0.75 cu m Cement } per %sq.m
", .::'' 1
'"
, "
2.25 eu m Sand . - .. : ..
r '\ I ,
~.'
....
Tota'[ .57920 31.61 7.860 28.10 5.06 10.12
nos. cum cum eu in, eu m cum
j =235.8
~ !,
__
. .. bags
Abstract of Materials
\. l-class brick 57920 nos. 4. Sand 28.10 cu m
2. Brick ballast I-class 40 mm 3\.61 cu m 5. Lime slaked 5.06 cu m
3. Cement ' 7.60 cu m 6. Surkhi 10.12 cu m
~ 235.8 bags,
556 ESTIMATlNG AND COSTING .' .!!.
Example 7-Estimate the quantity of materials-stone aggregate, sand and cement required
for cement concreting one kilometre length of a 3.70 metres wide road, the thickness of concrete
being 10 em.
Cost-
Total Rs.254814.00
Add 5% for Contingencies and Workcharged Establishment Rs. 12740.70
Grand Total Rs.267554.70
Example 8-Estimate the quantities of materials required for I km length of e.e. Trackway
with 75 em wide and8 em thick e.c. I: 2: 4 tracks, 150em centre to centre over 16em thick and 95
ern wide rammed brick ballast. The space in between theC.C. tracks is to_befille'd with 8 em thick
Calculate the cost of the whole job from the following data :
Cement at site-Rs. 1300.00 per tonne, coarse sand (at site)-Rs. 150.00 per cu m, stone ballast
40 mm (atsite)-Rs. 190.00 per cu m, brick ballast 50 mm (at site)-Rs. 130.00 percu m. Labour for
concreting, mixing.Laying, curing, etc., of tracks-Rs. 180.00 per % sq m of track surface, labour
.Quantities of brick ballast )0 nun I()use\~<t ern compacted (0"16 em in 'two Iayersj-i- .
(.1) Under c.c. tracks=2 x 1000 x .95 x .24 = 456 cum.} ::: 5,46 cu m
Materials-
Cernent@ .22cu m percu mofC.C. = 120 x .22= 26.4cu m > 26.4 x 30:::792 bags> 39.6 tonne.
.....;;;0;.
CALCU LAnON OF MATERIALS 557
,t Cost-
Stone aggregate 40 mm 105.6 cu m @ Rs. 190.00 per cu m == .105.6 x 190.00 = Rs. 20064.00
Sand coarse 52.8 cu m @ Rs. 150.00 per cum = 52.8 x 150.00 = Rs. 7920.00
Cement J9.6toli"ne -@ Rs. l3OO~OO' penonne=39~6"',x,l-300;OO =Rs. 51480.00-. '
Brick ballast over burnt
50 mm 546 cu m @ Rs, 130.00 per cu m ' = 546 x 130.00 = Rs. 70980.00
consumption of fuel, etc., many be taken as-Petrol or Diesel oil 3 km per litre, Mobil oil 100 km
y~; :i~'i(.i TL. quantity offuel consurr-ptior- .?.nn the ~nst offuel may be calculated atthe local rates.
. Then the total cost and the quantity of materials that can be transported p~r day may be
calculated and hence the rate of transport per unit of materials.mav be determined, The trucks may
be' owned by the department or engaged on hire (Rs. 6001- to Rs. '700/- per dayi.or the ";,',,'fl.;, of
.: I
Bullock Cart-Bullock cart can carry a load of 3/4 to I tonne depending on the type of
materials and the natureof road (seepage 477).The average speed-of a bullock can may be: taken as
3.S km per hour and 3/4 hour may be allowed for loading and unloading. Ta~ing 8 hours work~ng
per day knowing the distance, the number of trips per day may be calculated directly or by applying
the formula. The quantity of materials that can be transported per day and hence the number of
dayf work may be determined. Assuming suitable rate of bullock cart including driver per day
(Rs, 1001- to Rs.1501- per day), the totalcost.of transport and th~ rate of transport per unit of the
materials may be calculated. Bullock cart may be engaged on daily wages basis or the transport
wotk-maybe given on-contract per unit0r-material~;- ---- -- ...-.-!- . - - - - - -- .
Example I-Calculate the cost of carriage of 50,()OO bricks by bullock carts, from a distance of
7 krn on kutcha road. The cart can make two trips p'er day and can carry 250 bricks per trip. The
wages of bullock cart may be taken as Rs. 50.00 per day including driver. ; :11
.,.
250
Cost of transport @ Rs. 50.00 per day> 100 x 50.00 = Rs. 5000.00.
Example 2-Calculate the cost of transport of 1500 cu m of stone ballastfrom a distance of 20
km by truck can carry 3 cu m per trip. Tile kilometreage 'rate of carriageinclusive o_f loading and
unloading being-
Ist km Rs. 5.50 per cu m/ km
2nd and 3rd km ~. 1.00 per cu m/k~
4th and 5th km RS,O.80 per cu m/krq
6th to 10thkm Rs. 0.6() per cu m/kII1
l lth to 20th km . Rs. 0.40 per ell m/ km,
No. of-trips _1500= 500 nos.
Cost of trip of 3 cu m
1st km @ 5.50/cu mlkm . =.5.50 x 3 x 1 =-Rs. 16.50
pi ...
CALCULATION OF MATERIALS 559
(i) How many carts are needed if the above transport is to be done in 5 days?
No; of trips required > 20,000 ::: 100" " _ . .... _,---- - _.
200
I.
T irne require i one trip
. d In . b ot h ways >
(8 x2x lOOO)
_ mins. ::: 534 mins. = 8 hrs. 54 min.
30 '
Adding 20 min for loading and unloading, time per trip = 9 hrs. 14 min., say 9 hrs.
That is the cart can make one trip per day.
Therefore, the cost of transport @ Rs. 50.00 per day > Rs. 50,00 x 100::: Rs. 5000.00.
(ii) If the work of transport is to be completed in 5 days, the no. oftrips per day = 100 ::: 20.
5
Therefore, 20 carts are needed to work daily for 5 days.
If the working day is [or 8 hours working then [or 9 hours 14minutes working a day propor
tionate overtime charge may be allowed. The amount due [or 1 ltour la min overtime working is
equal to Rs. 50 x 114 =Rs. 7.70. Therefore, the cost per trip = Rs.50.00 + Rs. 7.70= Rs. 57.70and
8 ,60 "
hence the total cost o[tr~nsport will be equal to Rs. 57. 70xlO0 = Rs. 5770.00.
Example 4-Calculate the cost of transportation by trucks for Kankarsoling and inter coat
for a new road 16 km long, width of metalling is 3.7 metres. '," ,
Assume the quarry to be in lkm. of the section, carrying capacity of truck in 3' cu m and
transport charge including loading and unloading being : - ":':.- ,.. ,:'
Total 888 cu m.
888 cu m of kankar is to be transported to each km and stacked in two rows.
Quarry, being against 1 km, the distance of transport will be 1 km form Ist km, 2 krn [or
II
znd krn, 3 km [or 3rd km , .. '... , , ... " .. 16 km for 16th kID. of the road.
: ,I
560 ESTlMATING AND COSTING
The cost of transport including the cost of.stacking'for different kilometres are calculated
below:-
-
Rate of transport Cost 'of Transpcrt for _ Cost of Total cost
Km ---
per eu m 888 eu m stackliii@--- -radiaiiS-porT .
Re. LOO/eu m and stacking
Km2 Rs. 4.50+0.75=Rs. 5.25 888 x 5.25 = Rs. 4662.00 888x 1.00 Rs.5550.00
=Rs.888.00
Km3 Rs. 5.25+0.75=Rs. 6.00 888 x 6.00 = Rs. 5328.00 Rs.888.00 Rs.62.16.00
Km4 Rs. 6.00+0.60=Rs. 6.60 888 x 6.60 = Rs. 5860.80 Rs.888.00 Rs.6748.80
Km5 Rs. 6.60+0.60= Rs. 7.20 888 x 7.20 == Rs. 6393.60 Rs.888.00 Rs. n81.00
Km 6 Rs. 7.20+0,45==Rs. 7.65 888 x 7.65 = Rs. 6793.20 Rs.888.00 Rs. 7681.20
Km7 Rs. 7.65+0,45=Rs. 8.10 888 x 8.10 = Rs. 7192.80 Rs.888.00 Rs.8080.80
Km8 Rs. 8.10+0,45==Rs. 8:55 888.x 8.55 == Rs. 7592,40 Rs,888.00 Rs: 8480.40
Km9 .Rs. 8.55+0,45==Rs. 9.00 . 888 x 9.00 = Rs. 7992.00 Rs.888.00 Rs.8880.00
Km 10 Rs. 9.00+0,45=Rs. 9.45 888 x 9,45 == Rs. 8391.60 Rs.888.00 Rs.92(9.60
Km 11 Rs. 9,45+0.30==Rs. 9.75 888 x 9.75 == Rs. 8658.00 Rs, 888.00 . Rs. 95~6.00
Km 12 Rs. 9.75+0.30==Rs. 10.05 888 x 10.05 <Rs. 8924.40 Rs.888.00 Rs.9812.40
Km 13 Rs. 1O.05+0.30=Rs. 10.35 888 x 10.35 = Rs. 9190.80 , Rs.888.00 Rs. 10075.80
Km 14 Rs. 1O.35+0.30=Rs. 10.65 888 x 10.65 = Rs. 9457.20 Rs.888.00 Rs. 10345.20
Km 15 Rs. 1O.65+0.30=Rs. 10.95 888. x 10.95 == Rs. 9723.60 Rs.888.00 Rs. 10611.60
Km 16 Rs. 10.95+0..30==Rs. 1l.25 888 x 11.25 = Rs. 9990.00 Rs.888.00 Rs. 10878.00
l ometreage rdi
A verage kilometreaze (distance) of transport = 1-r16
:= 81.~ k rn.
2
':~
/ [ CALCULATION OF MATERIALS. 561
~
~1
. . a
(i) Number of trips per working dayof 8 hours, N = (See page 559)
' .
'-,
2L + 3
S "4
I
,-.
,. 8
V~6. Taking a bullock cartas ~ ~.?Ou~s:workingday,
,
" , = 2x5 3= the charge of Rs. 50.00 .per
, -"- - '-+
-e,
4' 4
.'
or :1 Rs.50.00
. "
Cost per trip = . = Rs. 20.30 .
2.46
r'",
'-- -; (iI) As the bullock cart cannot make a whole number .rf trip during 8 hours, the working hours
r may be increased and higher charges may be paid. Taking 9% hours as working hours per day.
9% .
, the number of trips. N = .. = 3.Taking charaes of bullock cart as Rs. 58.00 per 93,1,; hours
! 2xS+.2 . ....
" I
'---'
'- ,
I i
4
Rs.58.00
4
!
, working day. Cost per trip =" = Rs. 19.33.
,. ;.." 3
The cost per trip has been calculated by two assumptions, the second one is more practicable.
Example 6-Calculate the rate per unit (per cu m) for carriage of materials-Sand, surkhi,
Iime, ballast, etc., by bullock cart for a lead of 6 km. Average speed of bullock cart is 4 km per hour.
8 8
'., I Number of trip per 8 hours working day, N = - - - : : 2.13.
2L + 3 2 x6+-l
S 4 4 4
,--"
....... .-1
::~I : . . .. -'--" .~
562 ESTlM{\TlNG AND COST1NG
~ '. ~
, ,
;..: .:.. i . Rs.50.00
Taking charges of a bullock cart as Rs. ~.OO per d~y. of ~ hours working. Cost per tnp "1 \2: 13 .
Totslkm done per day (both ways allowing 6 km for parking) = 2NL+6=2x3.18X15~6
=101.4 km.